Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Education & Training Services / Grand Canyon Education

Grand Canyon Education

lope · NASDAQ Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker lope
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Education & Training Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Grand Canyon Education
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018ANNUAL REPORTGRAND CANYON EDUCATION | 2018 ANNUAL REPORT2600 W. CAMELBACK ROAD | PHOENIX, AZ 85017 | (833) GCE-4400 | GCE.COMPRIMARY IR CONTACTDan BachusChief Financial Officer Grand Canyon Education2600 W. Camelback RoadPhoenix, AZ 85017Phone: (602) 247-4400Website: gce.comTRANSFER AGENTComputershare Investor ServicesPO Box 505000Louisville, KY 40233-5000ACCOUNTANTSKPMG LLPCOMMON STOCKThe Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol LOPE.ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERSThe Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 9 a.m., Arizona time, on Thursday, June 13, 2019 at the offices of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. located at 2600 W. Camelback Road, Phoenix, AZ 85017.BOARD OF DIRECTORSBrian MuellerChief Executive Officer and ChairmanKevin F. WarrenDirector Sara R. DialDirectorDavid J. JohnsonDirector Jack A. HenryDirectorMANAGEMENTBrian MuellerChief Executive Officer and Chairman Dr. W. Stan MeyerChief Operating OfficerJoe MildenhallChief Information Officer Dan BachusChief Financial DirectorDilek MarshChief Data OfficerGRAND CANYON EDUCATIONCORPORATE INFORMATIONDEAR STOCKHOLDERS,As we look back on 2018, it was truly a transformative year for Grand Canyon Education. GCE transitioned from being the parent company of Grand Canyon University (GCU) into an education services company that now provides expertise to 18 universities across the country – with the potential to add more higher education partners in the near future.In July, GCE completed an $870.1 million transaction that sold the real property and improvements comprising the GCU campus as well as tangible and intangible academic and related operations and assets related to New GCU, a nonprofit entity. As part of the transaction, GCE and GCU also entered into a long-term master services agreement in which GCE will provide technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and communication services, financial aid processing and several other back office support services to GCU.Grand Canyon Education immediately became one of the largest education services providers in the country in terms of enrollment by virtue of having GCU as its client. It also opened the door for GCE to provide similar services to other universities. That became a reality in December when GCE agreed to acquire Orbis Education, an education services company that supports healthcare education programs for 17 regionally accredited universities across the country, for $362.5 million.GCE has also had conversations with a number of other institutions about becoming additional university partners. GCE is looking for universities that want to combine the strength of their local or regional brand with GCE’s capability to execute at high levels from an operational perspective. We’re being very strategic about those partnerships, looking for partners that are clearly differentiated based on geography, brand, programs, price point, etc.We feel good about those possibilities because of our 10-year track record of excellence in providing higher education services at Grand Canyon Education. The size and scope of services offered by GCE set it apart in the education services industry, particularly as it relates to technology, operational efficiencies, the breadth of back-office support services and the ability to provide those at a large scale. Our university partners have complete ownership of their academic programs, learning outcomes, admissions requirements and academic faculty requirements, while GCE is able to support those with its investments of more than $200 million in advanced technologies over the past 10 years.For example, GCE supported GCU in 2018 with academic program development, faculty recruitment and training, timely transcript evaluations in admissions, financial aid processing, class scheduling, student counselling services, marketing, advertising and other support services. This was done at very large scale while producing quality outcome metrics such as high graduation rates, low debt amounts and low default rates on student loans.That is also what attracted GCE to Orbis Education, which has had very strong outcomes with its partner universities, including a 90 percent graduation rate and 93 percent first-time pass rate on the NCLEX professional nursing licensure exam. We expect Orbis to expand the number of locations through its partners by adding seven new locations in 2019 while also adding GCU’s pre-licensure nursing program to a limited number of locations in certain western marketplaces. Orbis will also work with its partners to expand the number of programs it offers in the healthcare area at its existing locations. Programs such as Nurse Practitioner, Occupational Therapist and Physical Therapy will eventually be added.All of this positive momentum leaves GCE well-positioned for 2019 - and beyond - in an education marketplace that is evolving rapidly as more and more universities look to develop partnerships with organizations that have the expertise to help them achieve their goals.Brian Mueller, CEO and ChairmanGRAND CANYON EDUCATIONUNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One) 
(cid:1409) 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2018 

OR 

(cid:1407) 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from [                    ] to [                    ] 

Commission file number: 001-34211 

GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

DELAWARE 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

20-3356009 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

2600 W. CAMELBACK ROAD, PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85017 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (602) 247-4400 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

(Title of Each Class) 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Common stock, $.01 par value 

(Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered) 
The NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

(Title of class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes  (cid:1409)    No  (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes  (cid:1407)    No  (cid:1409) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.   Yes  (cid:1409)    No  (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-

T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).   Yes  (cid:1409)    No  (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of 

registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging 

growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Emerging growth company 

(cid:1409) 

(cid:1407) 

(cid:1407) 

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

(cid:1407)

(cid:1407)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act).   Yes  (cid:1407)    No  (cid:1409) 

The total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 15, 2019 was 48,238,418. 

As of June 29, 2018, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the registrant’s common stock was listed on the NASDAQ 

Global Market. As of June 29, 2018, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $5.3 billion. 

Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which is expected to be filed with the Commission 

within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s 2018 fiscal year) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC. 

FORM 10-K 

INDEX 

PART I 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

Item 1. Business 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. Properties 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules 

SIGNATURES 

Exhibit Index 

      Page 

5

3

5

24

40

40

41

41

42

42

44

48

59

60

93

93

96

96

96

96

96

97

97

97

97

101

97

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Item 1, Business; Item 1A, Risk Factors; and Item 7, Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains certain “forward-looking 
statements,” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements 
regarding: proposed new programs; statements as to whether regulatory developments or other matters may or may not 
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity; statements concerning 
projections, predictions, expectations, estimates, or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results, and 
future economic performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions 
concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” 
“potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar 
expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements. 

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and will not 

necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-
looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made or management’s good faith 
belief as of that time with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual 
performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. 
Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to: 

• 

the failure of the Company to operate successfully as a third party service provider to GCU and its other 
customers; 

•  GCU’s failure to operate the University as successfully as it was previously operated by the Company; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of any of 
our key customer agreements; 

our ability to properly manage risks and challenges associated with strategic initiatives, including potential 
acquisitions or divestitures of, or investments in, new businesses (including our acquisition of Orbis 
Education), acquisitions of new properties and new university clients, and expansion of services provided 
to our existing university clients; 

our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework applicable to us either directly as a third 
party service provider or indirectly through our university clients, including Title IV of the Higher 
Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws and regulatory requirements, and accrediting 
commission requirements; 

the ability of our university clients’ students to obtain federal Title IV funds, state financial aid, and private 
financing; 

potential damage to our reputation or other adverse effects as a result of negative publicity in the media, in 
the industry or in connection with governmental reports or investigations or otherwise, affecting us or other 
companies in the education services sector; 

risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state laws and regulations and accrediting 
commission standards, including pending rulemaking by ED applicable to us directly or indirectly through 
our university clients; 

competition from other education service companies in our geographic region and market sector, including 
competition for students, qualified executives and other personnel; 

3 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our expected tax payments and tax rate, including the effect of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017; 

our ability to hire and train new, and develop and train existing employees; 

the pace of growth of our university clients’ enrollment and its effect on the pace of our own growth; 

our ability to, on behalf of our university clients, convert prospective students to enrolled students and to 
retain active students to graduation; 

our success in updating and expanding the content of existing programs and developing new programs in a 
cost-effective manner or on a timely basis for our university clients; 

risks associated with the competitive environment for marketing the programs of our university clients; 

failure on our part to keep up with advances in technology that could enhance the experience for our 
university clients’ students; 

the extent to which obligations under our credit agreement, including the need to comply with restrictive 
and financial covenants and to pay principal and interest payments, limits our ability to conduct our 
operations or seek new business opportunities; 

our ability to manage future growth effectively; 

general adverse economic conditions or other developments that affect the job prospects of our university 
client’s students; and 

other factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and “Regulation.” 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not put undue reliance 

on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual 
results, changes in assumptions, or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent 
required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be 
drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements. 

4 

 
 
 
Item 1.    Business 

Overview 

Part I 

Prior to July 1, 2018, Grand Canyon Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GCE” or the “Company”), operated 
Grand Canyon University (the “University”), a comprehensive regionally accredited university that offers graduate and 
undergraduate degree programs, emphases and certificates across nine colleges both online and on ground at its campus 
in Phoenix, Arizona, at leased facilities and at facilities owned by third party employers of its students. On July 1, 2018, 
the Company sold the University to Grand Canyon University, an independent Arizona non-profit corporation formerly 
known as Gazelle University (“GCU”), as further described below (the “Transaction”). As a result of this Transaction, 
GCE became an educational services company focused on providing a full array of support services to institutions in the 
post-secondary education sector. GCE has developed significant technological solutions, infrastructure and operational 
processes to provide services to these institutions on a large scale. 

During the second half of 2018, GCE provided services to GCU, its sole services client during 2018, that included 
technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and communication services, and back 
office services such as financial aid processing, accounting, reporting, tax, human resources, and procurement services. 

References herein to “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” and “GCE” refer to Grand Canyon Education, Inc.; 

references to the “University” refer to the accredited academic institution that we used to operate; references to “Grand 
Canyon University” or “GCU” refer to our client. 

The Transaction 

On July 1, 2018, the Company consummated an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with 

GCU.  Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement: 

•  The Company transferred to GCU the real property and improvements comprising the University campus 
as well as tangible and intangible academic and related operations and assets related to the University (the 
“Transferred Assets”), and GCU assumed liabilities related to the Transferred Assets. Accordingly, GCU 
now owns and operates the University. The Asset Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, 
warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities. 

•  The final purchase price that GCU paid for the Transferred Assets at closing (and after giving effect to a 
post-closing adjustment as provided in the Asset Purchase Agreement) was $870.1 million. The final 
purchase price was equal to the book value of the tangible Transferred Assets as of July 1, 2018, plus $1.00 
for the intangible Transferred Assets. 

•  GCU paid the purchase price for the Transferred Assets by issuing to the Company a senior secured note 
(the “Secured Note”) that is governed by a credit agreement between the Company and GCU (the “Credit 
Agreement”). The Credit Agreement contains customary commercial credit terms, including affirmative 
and negative covenants applicable to GCU, and provides that the Secured Note bears interest at an annual 
rate of 6.0%, has a maturity date of June 30, 2025, and is secured by all of the assets of GCU. The Secured 
Note provides for GCU to make interest only payments during the term, with all principal and accrued and 
unpaid interest due at maturity and also provides that the Company will loan additional amounts to GCU to 
fund approved capital expenditures during the first three years of the term on the terms set forth therein. 

• 

In connection with the closing of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and GCU entered into a 
long-term master services agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company 
provides identified technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and 
communication services, and several back office services to GCU in return for 60% of GCU’s tuition and 
fee revenue. The Master Services Agreement has an initial term of fifteen (15) years, subject to renewal 

5 

 
options, although GCU has the right to terminate the Master Services Agreement early after the later of 
seven (7) years or the payment in full of the Secured Note. If GCU were to terminate the Master Services 
Agreement early, then GCU would be required to pay the Company a termination fee equal to one-
hundred percent (100%) of the fees paid in the trailing twelve (12) month period. If the Master Services 
Agreement were not renewed after the initial fifteen (15) year term, GCU would be required to pay the 
Company a non-renewal fee equal to fifty percent (50%) of the fees paid in the trailing twelve (12) month 
period. 

As a result of the Transaction, effective July 1, 2018, various aspects of the Company’s operations changed in 
important ways. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – 
Change in the Structure of Our Operations.” The results of operations for the annual periods discussed herein reflect that, 
prior to July 1, 2018, the Company’s business involved exclusively the operations of the University, and that, upon and 
following July 1, 2018, the Company’s business was that of a services provider to GCU pursuant to the Master Services 
Agreement. In July 2018, as a result of the Transaction, the Company made changes in its presentation of operating 
expenses and reclassified prior periods to conform to the current presentation. The Company determined that these 
changes would provide more meaningful information as this new presentation provides transparency for costs that will 
be incurred as a service provider and costs that will not reoccur in the future as they are related to university expenses 
that were transferred to GCU in the Transaction. 

Our net revenue and operating income for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $845.5 million and $258.1 
million, respectively, representing decreases of 13.2% and 8.7%, respectively, over the year ended December 31, 2017. 
Our net revenue and operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $974.1 million and $282.8 million, 
respectively, representing increases of 11.5% and 19.2%, respectively, over the year ended December 31, 2016. The 
reduction in our net revenue from 2017 to 2018 is driven by the Company’s transition from owning and operating the 
University to becoming an education services provider as of July 1, 2018.  As an education services provider to GCU, 
the Company receives, as service revenue, 60% of GCU’s tuition and fee revenue and no longer has university related 
revenue, thus resulting in the decrease from the prior period.  On a comparable basis, as adjusted net revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 was $640.5 million, while as adjusted net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 
$584.5 million.  For information on how we calculate as adjusted net revenue for comparison purposes, see “Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Results of Operations.”  The 
9.6% increase year over year in comparable revenue was primarily due to an increase in GCU’s enrollment and, to a 
lesser extent, an increase in GCU’s ancillary revenue (e.g. from housing, food, etc.) resulting from the increased 
traditional student enrollment, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships.  End-of-period enrollment at 
our client, GCU, increased 7.8% between December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 to 97,369 from 90,297. 

Our Business 

For all periods prior to the Transaction, the Company owned and operated the University. The following describes 

the business of GCU, as it was conducted by the Company prior to the Transaction and as it is conducted currently as an 
educational service provider. 

Pre-Transaction Operations. GCU owns and operates a comprehensive regionally accredited university that offers 
over 240 graduate and undergraduate degree programs, emphases and certificates across nine colleges both online and on 
ground at its over 275 acre campus in Phoenix, Arizona, at leased facilities and at facilities owned by third party 
employers. GCU’s undergraduate programs are designed to be innovative and to meet the future needs of employers, 
while providing students with the needed critical thinking and effective communication skills developed through a 
Christian-oriented, liberal arts foundation. GCU offers master’s and doctoral degrees in contemporary fields that are 
designed to provide students with the capacity for transformational leadership in their chosen industry, emphasizing the 
immediate relevance of theory, application, and evaluation to promote personal and organizational change. GCU is 
accredited by The Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”); it was reaccredited in 2017 by the HLC for the maximum 
term of ten years after a comprehensive review of the institution’s academic offerings, governance and administration, 
mission, finances and resources that occurred during 2016, with no requirement for any monitoring or interim reports. 

6 

 
GCU owns and operates a ground campus, which is located on over 275 acres in the center of the Phoenix, Arizona 
metropolitan area, near downtown Phoenix. The on-campus facilities consist of 10 classroom buildings and lecture halls, 
21 residence halls, 6 parking garages, a 300-seat theater, a 29,000 square foot newly renovated library, a 55,000 square 
foot recreation center that has state of the art training facilities for our over 400 student-athletes and students, a 140,000 
square foot/ 7,500 seat basketball and entertainment arena, a stadium that hosts NCAA men’s and women’s soccer as 
well as several club sports programs and newly renovated baseball and softball stadiums. Additionally, GCU operates 
the off-campus Grand Canyon University Championship Golf Course and the Grand Canyon University Hotel. GCU has 
21 intercollegiate athletic teams that compete in Division I of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (“NCAA”).  
On July 1, 2018, in connection with the Transaction, GCE sold the campus to GCU. 

Operations as an Educational Services Provider. Beginning July 1, 2018, GCE became a full service educational 
services provider with one client, GCU. We have invested over $200 million in the last ten years to develop systems that 
automate key processes and enable us to scale these processes to hundreds of thousands of students. GCE is capable of 
supporting not just core academic functions, technology and marketing but many additional key processes that surround 
those functions, such as faculty recruiting and training, admissions, financial aid, accounting, and technical support. 
While GCE has never operated as a third party service provider until now, all of the services that it provides to GCU 
under the Master Services Agreement are services that it had always provided internally in support of the University’s 
academic operations prior to the Transaction. As a result, while GCE has limited to no experience operating as a service 
provider to third parties, it believes that its significant investment in technological solutions, infrastructure and processes 
to provide superior service to students, its experience and expertise in these services areas, its experience providing such 
services at the scale required for GCU to continue to operate in a manner consistent with past practices, and the fact that 
it retained all of the assets and employees involved in the delivery of such services enables it to perform in the manner 
and to the service levels required under the Master Services Agreement and also positions GCE to engage and provide 
services to additional university customers in the future. 

For the period from July 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018, GCU was our only university client. On January 22, 

2019, GCE completed the acquisition of Orbis Education Services, LLC (“Orbis Education”), an educational services 
company that supports healthcare education programs for 17 universities across the United States. See Note 14 – 
Subsequent Event to consolidated financial statements. 

Suite of Services 

The following describes the various services that we provide to GCU and are capable of providing to other 

university customers. 

Technical and Academic Services 

We provide technical and academic services that relate to the ongoing maintenance of our client’s educational 

infrastructure, including online course delivery and management, student records, assessment, customer relations 
management and other internal administrative systems. These services also include supporting curriculum and new 
program development and faculty training and development, as well as technical support and assistance with state 
regulatory compliance. We believe that we have established secure, reliable and scalable technology systems that 
provide a high quality educational environment and that give us the capability to grow our client’s programs and 
enrollment. 

Technical Services include the following: 

•  Learning Management System - GCE designed the learning management system it uses called LoudCloud. 
The system was designed around the pedagogical principles that guide our thinking about curriculum and 
instruction. This system was designed for classes that are taught in a small group environment, instructor 
led, highly interactive and collaborative. Rich content that originates from a myriad of sources is coupled 
with a robust discussion environment. Students most often respond to the content and discussion through 
written work. The writing assignments are designed to promote critical thinking which is often connected 
to solving real world problems. Because of its modular implementation, this platform can easily and 

7 

 
reliably scale as our client’s student population increases. The platform provides in depth analytics that 
allows us to closely monitor student success and the quality of our clients’ instructional resources. There 
are many systems connected to LoudCloud that students learn to navigate. 

• 

• 

Internal administration - We utilize a commercial customer relations management development platform to 
distribute, manage, track, and report on all interactions with prospective student leads for our client as well 
as all active and inactive students. This software is scalable to capacity levels well in excess of current 
requirements. We also utilize a commercial software package to track Title IV funds, student records, 
grades, accounts receivable, accounts payable and general ledger.  We have done significant internal 
software development around these systems to increase the productivity of our employees and provide our 
client’s students an exceptional student experience. 

Infrastructure - We operate two data centers, one at our client’s campus and one at another Phoenix-area 
location. All of our servers are networked and we have redundant data backup. We manage our technology 
environment internally. Our wide area network is fully redundant to ensure maximum uptime, bandwidth 
capacity and network performance. Student access is load balanced for maximum performance. Real-time 
monitoring provides current system status across network, server, and storage components. We provide 
cybersecurity services, support and incident response for all infrastructure and software that we utilize. 

•  We provide 18/7 technical support for our client’s students and faculty. There are two systems utilized by 

GCE to provide these services to our client’s students. 

Academic Services include the following: 

•  Program and Curriculum – GCE has a curriculum design and development department that provides design 
services to our client. In collaboration with our client, we assist with the program and course design by 
providing curricular assistance and recommendations with respect to content and techniques that make use 
of the available technologies and methods embodied in the learning management system in order to meet 
the needs of our client’s students and programs.  GCE developed a proprietary system to support these 
services. 

•  Faculty Training and Recruitment – GCE provides faculty recruitment, training and oversight services to its 

client. Under the direction of our client and its faculty, we recruit and schedule faculty based on 
qualifications and expressed needs. We screen candidates and schedule faculty based on client-created 
policies. We evaluate all faculty according to client standards and provide evaluation results. 

•  Class Scheduling – GCE has a class scheduling department and it has developed a proprietary system to 
provide these services to its client. Our scheduling software provides students the ability to set their 
education schedule and flexibility to make changes and create opportunities to complete courses in a 
myriad of online or onsite options. We optimize class size prior to course starts based on client standards, 
in order to maximize class resources and faculty utilization. 

Counseling Services and Support 

We provide counseling services and support that includes team-based counseling and other support for prospective 

and current students of our client as well as financial aid processing. 

Counseling Services and Support includes the following: 

•  Admissions Services – GCE provides prospective students with transparent information on program 

requirements, finance options, degree time to completion and net price calculator results in alignment with 
client standards. GCE has developed an extremely robust proprietary system to efficiently evaluate 

8 

 
transcripts and build schedules for prospective students. GCE processes applications in alignment with 
client admission standards and provides reports to our client for students that have been granted admission. 

•  Financial Aid – GCE provides financial aid processing services to our client. GCE handles awarding, 

certifying, originating and disbursing Title IV Program funds to our client’s students. We deliver Title IV 
program credit balance refunds to students, process return of Title IV program funds to the federal 
government when appropriate and provide financial counseling and entrance and exit loan counseling to 
our client’s students.  Additionally, we prepare required reports on behalf of our client, including but not 
limited to enrollment reporting to the National Student Loan Data system and the Integrated Postsecondary 
Education Data System. GCE has built seven interconnected systems to provide these services. 
Additionally, GCE has built a proprietary system called the Financial Transparent Degree Plan Calculator, 
which provides our client’s students the cost of their entire program. 

•  Counseling Services – GCE provides pro-active services to our client’s students such as schedule building, 
payment options and field placements. We provide all of our client’s students an assigned advisor that 
proactively works with our client’s students throughout their matriculation process. We assist our client’s 
students with program changes and communicate with those students throughout their program to help with 
retention. We provide our client’s students with the ability to access a variety of administrative services 
both telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students can apply for financial aid, pay their tuition, 
order their transcripts, and apply for graduation online. We believe this online accessibility provides the 
convenience and self-service capabilities that students value.  GCE assesses levels of satisfaction for our 
client using student surveys. We have built and/or implemented 11 systems that assist our advisors in 
providing these services to our client’s students through their matriculation. 

Marketing and Communication 

We provide marketing and communication services that include lead acquisition, digital communication strategies, 
brand identity advertising, media planning and strategy, video, data science and analysis, marketing to potential students 
and other promotional and communication services. 

The Company’s marketing leadership team approaches the marketplace with an outlook that applies the latest 

advancements in integrated marketing strategy and new and emerging technologies while leveraging GCE’s buying 
power. This methodology embraces proven traditional and online solutions that are developed in conjunction with our 
partners.  

Marketing and Communication services includes the following: 

•  Lead Acquisition – GCE’s marketing team employs experts across a wide breadth of digital marketing 

channels. These include Search Engine Optimization, Search Engine Marketing, Social Media 
Optimization, organic content and strategic acquisition funnels across a variety of mobile markets. 

•  Digital Communications Strategy – GCE’s subject matter experts utilize best-in-class technologies through 
marketing automation, integrated email, SMS text messaging and social media. GCE develops effective 
communication strategies for its client that encompass the entire student lifecycle journey from prospect 
through alumni. 

•  Brand Identity – GCE’s award-winning team of specialists have proven track records developing strong 

brands and ensuring the right image is exposed to the consumer. GCE specializes in storytelling shaped by 
logo creation, taglines, content development, and custom music. 

•  Media Planning and Strategy –GCE offers full-service media planning and strategies that are built to grow 
sophisticated brands through traditional and digital media platforms. GCE understands today’s culture 
consumes media and we create robust strategies that build long lasting connections with proven results. 

9 

 
•  Video – GCE’s team of in-house video experts specialize in high-quality content expanding across a wide 
variety of marketing channels. Capabilities include broadcast-quality commercials, explainer videos, mini- 
and full-length documentaries, animations, motion graphics, and short, stackable video content for a variety 
of social media channels. GCE enhances its internal team with preferred partners to help offset workload. 

•  Data Science and Analysis – GCE employs a team of in-house data analysis professionals who apply 
prescriptive analytics to facilitate important business decisions. GCE specializes in all aspects of data 
science, including predictive modeling, data mining and visualization to enrich today’s technology and 
data-driven marketplace, while providing the information required for success. 

Back Office Services 

We provide back office services that include finance, human resources, compliance, and other corporate functions. 

•  Finance and accounting services include administration of payroll, accounts payable, general ledger, 

student accounting, financial reports, budgeting and taxes at the direction of our client. 

•  Human resources services include administration of performance management, personnel policies, 

recruitment and onboarding of new personnel, and benefit plan design and procurement, among others. 

•  Audit services include development and administration of a client approved annual internal audit plan and 

execution of the audit plan for the service period. 

•  Procurement services include management of purchasing and vendor relationships, including travel 
services, review of vendor contracts, and maintenance of contracts in the procurement system. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2018, GCE employed approximately 2,800 professional and administrative personnel, 
including technical and academic advisors, counseling advisors, marketing and communication professionals, and 
personnel that handle financial aid processing, information technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance, 
and other administrative functions. In addition, at December 31, 2018, GCE employed approximately 700 part-time 
employees most of which are student workers. None of our employees are a party to any collective bargaining or similar 
agreement with us. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. 

Community Involvement and the Public Good 

The Company had developed and is executing on a five-point plan to revitalize its West Phoenix neighborhood in 

partnership with its client, GCU. 

Increased home values. Together with Habitat for Humanity, we are participating in the largest home renovation 
project in the country in the West Phoenix area surrounding GCU’s campus. As of December 31, 2018, 221 different 
projects have been completed. These efforts, combined with GCU’s expanded presence in the community, resulted in a 
significant increase in home values in the 85017 zip code. 

Improved safety. We are in the seventh year of a $1.6 million partnership with City of Phoenix Police Department 

that focuses on improving safety and reducing crime in the communities surrounding the campus. Since the initiation of 
this program, crime has decreased substantially in the two-mile radius surrounding the University. 

Job creation. At December 31, 2018, we employed approximately 3,500 persons (including 700 part-time 
employees and student workers), which is approximately three times more persons than were employed by GCE in 
comparable positions ten years ago. We have launched a number of new business enterprises that reduced costs for the 

10 

 
University, provided management opportunities for recent GCU graduates and employment opportunities for students 
and neighborhood residents, while spurring economic growth in the area. 

GCE and GCU continue to partner in countless community events and projects throughout the year, helping 
organizations such as the Phoenix Rescue Mission, Feed My Starving Children, Arizona Foster Care, Boy/Girl Scouts, 
Goodwill Arizona, St. Vincent de Paul, Young Life, Elevate Phoenix, Back to School Clothing Drive and St. Mary’s 
Food Bank. Our employees also went out into our surrounding neighborhoods to participate in GCU-sponsored 
programs such as Serve the City, Canyon Kids, Salute Our Troops, Colter Commons senior home visits and the Run to 
Fight Children’s Cancer. 

The Company also invests in the following activities that benefit the community. 

Student Tuition Organization contributions. The Company contributes to private school tuition organizations and in 

2018 increased its annual contribution to $3.7 million from $2.0 million in 2017. Financial contributions are allocated 
toward tuition assistance and awarding Arizona students with scholarships to attend Arizona private schools. 

Donate to Elevate. Donate to Elevate is a program that allows employees to contribute money in lieu of state income 

tax payments to three projects. This program benefits private schools in Arizona and the partnership with Habitat for 
Humanity, as well as local public schools and public charter schools through extracurricular activities that require 
students to pay a fee. Employees are encouraged to designate tax dollars to the school or program of their choice. 

Students Inspiring Students. The Company continues to support GCU’s free tutoring/mentoring program that serves 
Phoenix-area K-12 schools. Students who seek academic assistance in the GCU Learning Lounge may become eligible 
to receive the Students Inspiring Students full-tuition scholarship. To serve its client and community, the Company seeks 
donations to fund this neighborhood scholarship program. 

Sponsoring K-12 Educational Development. The Company supports its client’s K-12 Educational Development 
Department through sponsorship of GCU’s Canyon Professional Development and K-12 Targeted School Assistance 
programs. Canyon Professional Development offers professional development opportunities for educators and 
administrators, and their student/parent engagement programs aim to help students become college ready. K-12 Targeted 
School Assistance programs also offer tutoring and mentorship and more to community schools to improve learning 
environments and outcomes. Both initiatives elevate public, private, charter and home schools in the form of 
scholarships, program discounts, professional development, events, and more. 

Employee Opportunities for Community Service. The Company’s charitable contribution program offers its full-time 

employees a maximum of 16 hours of PTO annually for community service. This time is used to volunteer at an 
approved charitable organization. Over 40 organizations are approved for employee volunteerism, including Habitat for 
Humanity. 

The Company’s employees continue to share a commitment to and enthusiasm for GCU-sponsored community 
service projects, as well as charitable organizations throughout the Valley. Through these activities, our employees have 
the opportunity to volunteer and provide servant leadership that benefits the surrounding neighborhoods and West 
Phoenix community. 

Seasonality 

Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate due to changes in GCU’s enrollment. See “Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Seasonality.”  

Competition 

There are dozens of companies that seek to partner with non-profit schools and state universities to assist in the 
development and operation of their educational programs. These companies provide various services that traditional 
institutions historically have not had the experience or organizational capability to fully support. These services include 

11 

 
marketing and recruitment, enrollment management, curriculum development, online course design, student retention 
support, technology infrastructure, and student and faculty call center support. Among the largest companies in this 
sector are 2U, Pearson Online Learning Services, and Wiley Education Services. 

The educational services market, particularly with regard to those companies that help traditional universities 

develop online degree programs (and often referred to as online program management, or OPM, providers), has 
historically been characterized by a full-service, revenue-sharing model, based on the premise that most traditional 
institutions are not only operationally unprepared to offer online programs at scale but also are not equipped to make the 
significant upfront investments necessary to develop online programs organically. In recent years, an alternative 
unbundled fee-for-service OPM model has emerged, in which the companies offer the same services, or some subset of 
services, for the market price of those services. Finally, other industry providers affiliate with university partners to offer 
massive open online courses, which are aimed at unlimited participation and open access via the web at little or no cost 
to the student. 

The educational services market is changing and expanding. It is highly fragmented and subject to evolving 
technology, shifting needs of students and educators and introductions of new delivery modalities. We believe that the 
competitive factors in the educational services market include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reputation and brand awareness; 

quality of university client base and performance track record; 

the effectiveness of marketing and sales efforts; 

robustness and evolution of technology solutions; 

breadth and depth of services offerings; 

convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and classes; 

level of student support services; 

quality of student and faculty experience; 

cost of programs; and 

the time necessary to earn a degree. 

Proprietary Rights 

We have developed and own, or are licensed to use, intellectual property that is or will be the subject of copyright, 

trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or other protections. This intellectual property includes but is not limited to 
technology, courseware materials and business know-how and internal processes and procedures developed to respond to 
the requirements of operating a post-secondary educational institution with a significant online campus and to comply 
with the rules and regulations of various education regulatory agencies. We rely on a combination of copyrights, 
trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements to protect our intellectual property. We protect 
our intellectual property by signing agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies, and 
any other third party that creates intellectual property for us that assign any intellectual property rights to us. In addition, 
we seek to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information through the use of confidentiality agreements with 
employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business. While our intellectual 
property rights are important to us, we do not believe that the loss of any individual property right or group of related 
rights would have a material adverse effect on our overall business. 

12 

 
Available Information 

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in 2008 and completed our initial public offering in 

November 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 2600 West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85017, 
our telephone number is (602) 247-4400 and our Internet address is www.gce.com. 

We make available free of charge on our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on 

Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Forms 3, 4, and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, and all 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as 
reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (hereafter, the SEC). In addition, our earnings conference calls are web cast live via our website. In 
addition to visiting our website, you may obtain any document we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents of 
these websites are not incorporated into this filing and our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be 
inactive textual references only. 

REGULATION 

Through June 30, 2018, we were the owner and operator of a for-profit university.  Upon the consummation of the 
Transaction with GCU on July 1, 2018 (as discussed in “Part I. Business – The Transaction”), we became a third party 
provider of education services to GCU, our only university client during 2018.  On January 22, 2019, we completed the 
acquisition of Orbis Education, an educational services company that supports healthcare education programs for 17 
universities across the United States.  See Note 14 – Subsequent Event to consolidated financial statements.  While we 
currently provide services to 18 university clients across the United States, GCU is, and will for the foreseeable future 
remain, our most significant client, and regulatory matters that materially affect GCU will, necessarily, have a material 
impact on us.  The following section describes regulatory matters that affect us as a service provider to GCU and to 
institutions of higher education generally. 

Overview 

Institutions of higher education in America are subject to extensive regulation by state post-secondary, licensure and 

certification agencies, accrediting commissions, and the federal government through the United States Department of 
Education (“ED”) under the Higher Education Act (“HEA”). The regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies 
cover the vast majority of operations of colleges and universities, including educational programs, facilities, instructional 
and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, athletics and financial 
condition. 

The HEA and the regulations promulgated thereunder are frequently revised, repealed or expanded. Congress 
historically has reauthorized and amended the HEA in regular intervals, approximately every five to seven years. The re-
authorization process is currently under way. The re-authorization of the HEA could alter the regulatory landscape of the 
higher education industry, and thereby impact the manner in which we conduct business and serve our university clients. 
In addition, ED is independently conducting an ongoing series of rulemakings intended to assure the integrity of the Title 
IV programs. ED also frequently issues formal and informal guidance instructing institutions of higher education and 
other covered entities how to comply with various federal laws and regulations. ED guidance is subject to frequent 
change and may impact our business model. 

As a result of the Transaction, we no longer own and operate an institution of higher education, nor do we directly 

participate in Title IV programs.  Instead, we operate as a service provider to institutions of higher education that do 
participate in Title IV programs.  Nevertheless, we are required to comply with certain regulations promulgated by ED 
for the following reasons: 

•  Our operations are subject to regulation by ED due to our clients’ participation in the federal student 

financial aid programs under Title IV of the HEA. Those Title IV programs include educational loans with 
below-market interest rates that are issued by the federal government under the Federal Direct Loan 
program (the “FDL Program”), as well as grant programs for students with demonstrated financial need. To 

13 

 
participate in the Title IV programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate 
state agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED, and be certified as 
an eligible institution by ED. 

•  As a third-party servicer under the HEA and the related regulations, we have a direct relationship with ED. 
We anticipate that ED will regulate our operations insofar as we are performing certain functions classified 
as third-party servicer functions under relevant regulations and sub-regulatory guidance. A “Third-party 
servicer” is any person or entity used by “any eligible institution of higher education to administer, through 
either manual or automated processing, any aspect of such institution’s student assistance programs.”  
Third party servicers must comply with a number of regulatory requirements.  For example, they must 
conduct and submit to ED compliance audits under 34 C.F.R. § 668.23.  In addition, they must comply 
with the requirements of 34 C.F.R. § 668.25, which among other things, requires third-party servicers, in 
their contracts with institutions, to be contractually obligated to, among other things: 

o  Comply with all statutory provisions of or applicable to Title IV of the HEA, including the 

requirement to use any funds that the servicer administers under any Title IV, HEA program and 
any interest or other earnings thereon solely for the purposes specified in and in accordance with 
that program; 

o  Refer to the Office of Inspector General of ED for investigation any information indicating there 

is reasonable cause to believe that the institution might have engaged in fraud or other criminal 
misconduct in connection with the institution’s administration of any Title IV, HEA program or an 
applicant for Title IV, HEA program assistance might have engaged in fraud or other criminal 
misconduct in connection with his or her application; and 

o  Be jointly and severally liable with the institution to the Secretary for any violation by the servicer 

of any statutory provision of or applicable to Title IV of the HEA, any regulatory provision 
prescribed under that statutory authority, and any applicable special arrangement, agreement, or 
limitation entered into under the authority of statutes applicable to Title IV of the HEA. 

We are also subject to a number of data security and privacy regulations given our role as a third-party service 
provider.  To the extent we continue to provide third party servicer functions, we will be subject to these requirements, 
the compliance with which can materially impact our business model. 

Finally, our current clients and all likely future clients are required to be authorized by appropriate state post-
secondary, licensure, and certification authorities.  In addition, in order to participate in the federal student financial aid 
programs, our clients will need to be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED.  Accreditation is a 
private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of educational institutions and their programs in areas 
including student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources, administrative 
capability and resources, and financial stability.  The HEA requires accrediting commissions recognized by ED to 
review and monitor many aspects of an institution’s operations and to take appropriate action if the institution fails to 
meet the accrediting commission’s standards. 

This area is evolving, however, and the scope of services covered by regulations may change. 

State Post-Secondary Education Regulation 

Our clients are authorized to offer education by the relevant state authorizing agencies for the state in which the 
client is located. For example, GCU, our principal university client, is authorized to offer programs by the Arizona State 
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, the regulatory agency governing private post-secondary educational 
institutions in the State of Arizona, where it is located. This authorization is very important to our clients and, as a result, 
to our business. To maintain their state authorization, our clients must continuously meet standards relating to, among 
other things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial 
operations, addition of new locations and educational programs, and various operational and administrative procedures. 

14 

 
Our clients’ failure to comply with the requirements of a state regulatory agency could result in our clients’ losing their 
ability to offer educational programs, which would cause our clients to lose their eligibility to participate in the Title IV 
programs and could force them, and us, to cease operations. Alternatively, a state regulatory body could restrict our 
clients’ ability to offer new or certain degree and non-degree programs, which may impair our ability to grow. 

State regulatory requirements for online education have historically varied among the states.  To address this issue 
and to meet new ED requirements many schools have applied and sought to become an approved institutional participant 
in the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”). SARA is an agreement among member states, districts and 
territories that establishes comparable national standards for interstate offering of post-secondary distance education 
courses and programs. It is intended to make it easier for students to take online courses offered by post-secondary 
institutions based in another state. SARA is overseen by a national council (NC-SARA) and administered by four 
regional education compacts, for which Arizona, the state in which our principal client, GCU, is located, is a W-SARA 
member. There is a yearly renewal for participating in NC-SARA and AZ-SARA and institutions must agree to meet 
certain requirements to participate. As of June 30, 2018, all states other than California are members of SARA. 

Any state that does not participate in SARA may impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state higher education 
institutions operating within their boundaries, such as those having a physical facility or conducting certain academic 
activities within the state. GCU, for example, currently enrolls students in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. 
Although it is currently licensed, authorized, in-process, or exempt in all non-SARA jurisdictions in which it operates, if 
it fails to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for a state, or fails to obtain licenses or 
authorizations when required, it could lose its state license or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions, 
including restrictions on our activities in, and fines and penalties imposed by, that state, as well as fines, penalties, and 
sanctions imposed by ED. The loss of licensure or authorization in any non-SARA state could prohibit us from recruiting 
prospective students or offering services to current students in that state, which could significantly affect our business. 

Individual state laws establish standards in areas such as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative 

procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters. To the extent required with respect 
to a service category covered by our contractual relationship, we expect to assist our clients in meeting these 
requirements. Some states limit schools’ ability to offer educational programs and award degrees to residents of those 
states. Some states also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of ED and may require the posting of 
surety bonds. While we are not directly subject to those laws, those laws may inhibit our clients from expanding or 
operating in those states, limiting our ability to serve our clients, which could significantly affect our business. 

State Professional Licensure 

Many states have specific requirements that an individual must satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in 
specified fields, including fields such as education and healthcare, and counseling. These requirements vary by state and 
by field. A student’s success in obtaining licensure following graduation typically depends on several factors, including 
the background and qualifications of the individual graduate, as well as the following factors, among others: 

•  whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in which the graduate seeks licensure, 

or by a professional association; 

•  whether the program from which the student graduated meets all requirements for professional licensure in 

that state; 

•  whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if so, by what accrediting commissions; and 

•  whether the institution’s degrees are recognized by other states in which a student may seek to work. 

Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or examination as a prerequisite to becoming certified in 
certain fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states will certify individuals if they have already been certified in 
another state. 

15 

 
Although not directly regulated by these entities, we must be mindful of the requirements placed by state 

professional licensure bodies on our client institutions to ensure those institutions maintain that licensure. 

Accreditation 

Accreditation is a private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of educational institutions and their 
programs in areas including student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources, 
administrative capability and resources, and financial stability. To be recognized by ED, accrediting commissions must 
adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions, and 
publicly designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An accredited school is subject to periodic review by its 
accrediting commissions to determine whether it continues to meet the performance, integrity and quality required for 
accreditation. 

Our principal client, GCU has been regionally accredited by the HLC and its predecessor since 1968, most recently 

obtaining reaccreditation in 2017 for the ten-year period through 2027. The HLC is a regional accrediting agency 
recognized by the Secretary of Education and accredits entire institutions of higher education. Institutional accreditation 
by a recognized accreditation agency is one of the prerequisites for an institution of higher education to be eligible to 
disburse Title IV aid to students. In addition, GCU holds a number of programmatic accreditations related to the conduct 
of specific programs of the college. Other colleges and universities depend, in part, on an institution’s accreditation 
(institutional, and, in some cases, programmatic) in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. 
Employers rely on the accredited status of institutions when evaluating candidates’ credentials, and students and 
corporate and government sponsors under tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that an 
institution maintains quality educational standards. 

Clients other than GCU may be accredited by different accrediting bodies that are likely to have standards that are 

different from those of the HLC. Moreover, other clients may also hold various programmatic accreditations that set 
additional requirements related to specific programs. As we work with clients in different regions we will need to work 
with those accrediting bodies and tailor services to meet the requirements of those accreditors. 

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs 

To be eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must comply with specific requirements 

contained in the HEA and the regulations issued thereunder by ED. An institution must, among other things, be licensed 
or authorized to offer its educational programs by the state in which it is physically located and maintain institutional 
accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by ED. 

The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools through the Title IV programs and the large number of 

students and institutions participating in these programs have caused Congress to require ED to exercise considerable 
regulatory oversight over educational institutions. As a result, our clients are subject to extensive oversight and review. 
Because ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we 
cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances to our clients or 
to us directly. 

Significant regulations and other factors relating to the Title IV programs that could adversely affect us include the 

following: 

Congressional action. Congress must reauthorize the HEA on a periodic basis, usually every five to six years, and 

the most recent reauthorization occurred in August 2008. The reauthorized HEA reauthorized all of the Title IV 
programs in which institutions participate but made numerous revisions to the requirements governing the Title IV 
programs, including provisions relating to student loan default rates and the formula for determining the maximum 
amount of revenue that institutions are permitted to derive from the Title IV programs. In addition, members of Congress 
periodically introduce legislation that would impact Title IV programs and the higher education industry generally. 
Because a significant percentage of our revenue is indirectly derived from the Title IV programs, any action by Congress 
that significantly reduces Title IV program funding or the ability of our clients to participate in the Title IV programs 

16 

 
could reduce the ability of some students to finance their education at our client institutions and materially decrease their 
student enrollment. 

Regulatory changes. Pursuant to the HEA and following negotiated rulemaking, on November 1, 2016, ED 
published final regulations that, among other things, would have specified the acts or omissions of an institution that a 
borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan made under the Direct Loan Program. Although the regulations 
were scheduled to become effective on July 1, 2017, on June 16, 2017, ED delayed indefinitely the effective date of 
selected provisions of the regulations and announced its intention to conduct negotiated rulemaking proceedings to 
revise the regulations. Those proceedings took place from November 13-15, 2017; January 8-11, 2018; and 
February 12-15, 2018. These proceedings did not end in consensus and, as such, ED will have the opportunity to write 
regulations as it sees fit. In addition, on October 24, 2017, ED published an interim final rule to delay until July 1, 2018 
the effective date of the selected provisions. On February 14, 2018, ED also published a notice of proposed rulemaking 
to delay until July 1, 2019 the effective date of the selected provisions. 

The Department has also suggested that it may initiate a new negotiated rulemaking in the future related to various 

topics. We have no way of knowing the outcome of these regulatory processes or even the full list of topics to be 
considered. As such, they constitute a potential risk for our clients and, either directly or through our clients, us. 

Eligibility and certification procedures. Each institution must apply periodically to ED for continued certification to 

participate in the Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is required every six years, but may be required 
earlier, including when an institution undergoes a change in control. To the extent ED suspends, limits, modifies, 
conditions, or terminates any client institution’s eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, that action is likely to 
have a negative impact on our business. Indeed, this could range from disallowing the institution from adding new 
programs or terminating the institution from Title IV eligibility. 

In August 2017, our principal client, GCU received a new program participation agreement with full certification 
from ED, which granted the University the ability to participate in the Title IV programs through December 31, 2020. 
The Transaction resulted in a change in control of GCU, following which it is now operated as a non-profit university 
and necessitating the application by GCU to ED for approval of the change in control and for a new program 
participation agreement. ED is currently reviewing GCU’s application for approval of the change in control and GCU is 
waiting for a new program participation agreement. GCU now participates in the Title IV programs on a provisional, 
month-to-month basis pending ED’s review and approval of the Transaction.  There can be no assurance that ED will 
recertify GCU or that it will not impose conditions or other restrictions on GCU as a condition of granting GCU a 
provisional certification following its change in control.  If ED does not renew or withdraws the certification of GCU to 
participate in the Title IV programs at any time, its students would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds.  
Similarly, ED could renew GCU’s certification, but restrict or delay its students receipt of Title IV funds, limit the 
students to whom it could disburse funds, or place other restrictions on the university.  Any of these outcomes would 
have a material adverse effect on GCU and on us. 

Administrative capability. ED regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has 

the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in the Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability 
standards, an institution must, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements; 

have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the Title IV programs; 

have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students; 

not have student loan cohort default rates above specified levels; 

have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and safeguarding Title IV funds and for 
maintaining required records; 

17 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

administer the Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls; 

not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or 
engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension; 

provide financial aid counseling to its students; 

refer to ED’s Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any student, parent, 
employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal 
conduct involving the Title IV programs; 

submit all required reports and consolidated financial statements in a timely manner; and 

not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. 

As a service provider, we assist our clients with some facets of these criteria. As such, we must be mindful of, and 

compliant with, the administrative capability requirements. If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, ED may: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

require the institution to repay Title IV funds its students previously received; 

transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of Title IV funds to heightened cash 
monitoring status or the reimbursement system of payment; 

place the institution on provisional certification status; or 

commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the institution’s participation in 
the Title IV programs. 

Imposition of these sanctions could have a negative impact on our ability to conduct our business. 

Financial responsibility. The HEA and ED regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that 

institutions must satisfy in order to participate in the Title IV programs. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with 
these standards on an annual basis based on the institution’s annual audited consolidated financial statements, as well as 
when the institution applies to ED to have its eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs recertified. The most 
significant financial responsibility standard is the institution’s composite score, which is derived from a formula 
established by ED based on three financial ratios: 

• 

• 

• 

equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, financial viability and ability to borrow; 

primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from 
expendable resources; and 

net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit or within its means. 

ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with 

negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. ED then assigns a 
weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite 
score for the institution. The composite score for an institution’s most recent fiscal year must be at least 1.5 for the 
institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further ED oversight. In addition to having an 
acceptable composite score, an institution must, among other things, provide the administrative resources necessary to 
comply with Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial obligations, including required refunds to students 
and any Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt payments, and not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed 
opinion by its accountants in its audited consolidated financial statements. 

18 

 
As a service provider, we are not directly subject to this regulation. However, if ED were to determine that a client 

institution did not meet the financial responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite score or other 
financial responsibility factors, ED could impose a range of sanctions on the institution, such as requiring the institution 
to post a letter of credit, accept provisional certification (which would hamper the ability of the institution to add new 
programs), comply with additional ED monitoring requirements, agree to receive Title IV program funds under an 
arrangement other than ED’s standard advance funding arrangement, such as the reimbursement system of payment or 
heightened cash monitoring, and comply with or accept other limitations on the ability to increase the number of 
programs we offer or the number of students it enrolls, any of which sanctions on our clients could also adversely affect 
our business. 

Our principal client, GCU, will receive its first composite score following the Transaction with respect to its fiscal 
year ending June 30, 2019, which score must be provided to ED by March 31, 2020.  At this time, we cannot predict if 
GCU’s composite score will exceed 1.5 or if ED would impose any sanctions on GCU if its composite score is below 
1.5.  If any such sanctions were imposed, it could have a negative impact on our ability to conduct our business. 

Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw. When a student who has received Title IV program funds 
withdraws from school, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student has “earned” 
and then must return the unearned Title IV program funds (a “return to Title IV”) to the appropriate lender or ED in a 
timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined that the student 
withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, the institution will be required to submit a letter of credit to ED equal 
to 25% of the Title IV funds that the institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently 
completed fiscal year. Under ED regulations, the letter of credit requirement is triggered by late returns of Title IV 
program funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students (and involving more than two student refunds) in the audit 
sample in the institution’s annual Title IV compliance audit for either of the institution’s two most recent fiscal years or 
in a ED program review. To the extent our services for a client include conducting returns to Title IV, as they do with 
our principal client, GCU, we would likely be jointly and severally liable to ED, along with the relevant client, for return 
of those funds. 

Student loan defaults. Under the HEA, an educational institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all 
of the Title IV programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of their federal student loans exceed certain levels. 
For each federal fiscal year, ED calculates a rate of student defaults for each institution (known as a “cohort default 
rate”). The reauthorization of the HEA in 2008 extended the measurement period for cohort default rates so that the rate 
is calculated by determining the rate at which borrowers who became subject to their repayment obligation in one federal 
fiscal year default in that same year or by the end of the second year following the first federal fiscal year (the “three-
year method”). 

ED applies legal thresholds to measure an institution’s compliance. If ED notifies an institution that its cohort 

default rates exceeded 30%, for each of its three most recent federal fiscal years, the institution’s participation in the 
FDL Program and the Pell grant program would end 30 days after that notification, unless the institution appeals that 
determination in a timely manner on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an 
institution’s participation in the FDL Program would end 30 days after notification by ED that its most recent cohort 
default rate, is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and 
according to specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends under either of these provisions may not 
participate in the relevant programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives the notification 
or for the next two fiscal years. If an institution’s cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year equals or exceeds 
30%, ED may place the institution on provisional certification status. 

While we cannot directly influence a client’s cohort default rates, and do not provide default rate management 
services, in the course of performing services for a client we would work to assist such client in ensuring that its cohort 
default rates do not present a compliance risk under this regulation. Nonetheless, if a client institution exceeded the 
threshold under the three-year method, the sanction imposed could have a negative impact on our ability to conduct our 
business.  While GCU’s cohort default rates have historically been significantly below these levels, we cannot assure 
you that this will continue to be the case. 

19 

 
Incentive compensation rule. An institution that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide any 
commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or 
financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. 
Prior to July 1, 2011, ED regulations included 12 “safe harbors” that described payments and arrangements that did not 
violate the incentive compensation rule. Under new rules effective July 1, 2011, the 12 safe harbors were eliminated. 
Under the revised regulations, each higher education institution agrees that it will not "provide any commission, bonus, 
or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of 
financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making 
decisions regarding the award of Title IV, HEA program funds." Pursuant to this rule, we are prohibited from offering 
our covered employees, which are those involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities, any bonus 
or incentive-based compensation based on the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students into a 
postsecondary institution. We are also precluded from offering our covered employees that work on financial aid matters 
(if any), any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the award of financial aid to students enrolled in a 
postsecondary institution. 

In addition, the revised rule initially raised a question as to whether companies like ours, as an entity, are prohibited 
from entering into tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with university clients. On March 17, 2011, ED issued official 
agency guidance, known as a "Dear Colleague Letter," or the DCL, providing guidance on this point. The DCL states 
that "[t]he Department generally views payment based on the amount of tuition generated as an indirect payment of 
incentive compensation based on success in recruitment and therefore a prohibited basis upon which to measure the 
value of the services provided" and that "[t]his is true regardless of the manner in which the entity compensates its 
employees." But the DCL also provides an important exception to the ban on tuition revenue-sharing arrangements 
between institutions and third parties. According to the DCL, ED does not consider payment based on the amount of 
tuition generated by an institution to violate the incentive compensation ban if the payment compensates an "unaffiliated 
third party" that provides a set of "bundled services" that includes recruitment services, such as those we provide. 
Example 2-B in the DCL is described as a "possible business model" developed "with the statutory mandate in mind." 
Example 2-B describes the following as a possible business model: 

"A third party that is not affiliated with the institution it serves and is not affiliated with any other institution 
that provides educational services, provides bundled services to the institution including marketing, enrollment 
application assistance, recruitment services, course support for online delivery of courses, the provision of 
technology, placement services for internships, and student career counseling. The institution may pay the 
entity an amount based on tuition generated for the institution by the entity’s activities for all the bundled 
services that are offered and provided collectively, as long as the entity does not make prohibited compensation 
payments to its employees, and the institution does not pay the entity separately for student recruitment services 
provided by the entity." 

The DCL guidance indicates that an arrangement that complies with Example 2-B will be deemed to be in 
compliance with the incentive compensation provisions of the HEA and ED’s regulations. Our business model and 
contractual arrangements with our university clients closely follow Example 2-B in the DCL. In addition, we assure that 
none of our "covered employees" is paid any bonus or other incentive compensation in violation of the rule. 

Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by ED in the form of a 

DCL and is not codified by statute or regulation, the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public 
comment period or other administrative procedural requirements that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Similarly, a 
court could invalidate the rule in an action involving our company or our university clients, or in action that does not 
involve us at all. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, ED or a court could 
require us to change our business model. 

In addition, we have requested guidance from ED that our specific model is proper under the incentive 
compensation rule and that our company is not an “affiliate” of GCU for purposes of the DCL. We are awaiting a 
response to this guidance request. 

20 

 
Compliance reviews. Our client institutions are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and 

audits by various external agencies, including ED, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, the 
applicable state approving agencies for financial assistance to veterans, and accrediting commissions. As part of ED’s 
ongoing monitoring of institutions’ administration of the Title IV programs, the HEA also requires institutions to 
annually submit to ED a Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in 
accordance with applicable federal and ED audit standards. In addition, to enable ED to make a determination of an 
institution’s financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in 
accordance with ED regulations. 

As a third-party servicer, not only are our clients subject to reviews and audits that may require our involvement, but 

we are also subject to program reviews from ED and the Office of the Inspector General. Further, we also have an 
obligation to annually submit to ED a Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant 
in accordance with applicable federal and ED audit standards. 

Gainful employment rules. Under the HEA, proprietary schools are eligible to participate in Title IV programs in 

respect of educational programs that lead to “gainful employment in a recognized occupation,” with the limited 
exception of qualified programs leading to a bachelor’s degree in liberal arts. Historically, this concept has not been 
defined in detail. In October 2014, ED published final regulations, effective July 1, 2015, on the metrics for determining 
whether an academic program prepares students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. This 
rule establishes requirements related to the debt to earnings ratio of graduates of programs at proprietary institutions and 
one year certificate level programs at non-profit institutions, and sets additional disclosure requirements for students. 
Under the final regulations, which apply on a program-by-program basis, students enrolled in a program will be eligible 
for Title IV student financial aid only if that program satisfies at least one of two tests relating to student debt service-to-
earnings ratios. The two tests specify minimum debt service-to-earnings ratios calculated on the basis of the earnings of 
program graduates. One test measures student loan debt service as a percentage of total earnings and is calculated by 
comparing (1) the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt incurred by students receiving Title IV 
funds who completed a particular program and (2) the higher of the mean or median of those graduates’ annual earnings 
two to four years after graduation. The other test measures student loan debt service as a percentage of discretionary 
earnings and is calculated by comparing (1) the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt incurred 
by students receiving Title IV funds who completed a particular program and (2) the higher of the mean or median 
annual earnings of those graduates two to four years after graduation, less 1.5 times the government issued Poverty 
Guideline. Under the currently-in-effect gainful employment regulation, a program would pass if: 

• 

• 

the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt is less than or equal to 8% of the higher 
of the mean or median annual earnings of graduates in the relevant period; or 

the annual loan payment required on the median student loan debt is less than or equal to 20% of the 
discretionary income of graduates in the relevant period. 

In addition, a program that does not pass either of the debt-to-earnings metrics, and that has an annual earnings rate 

between 8% and 12%, or a discretionary income rate between 20% and 30%, would be considered to be in the “Zone”. A 
program would fail if the annual loan payment on the median student loan debt is greater than 12% of the mean or 
median annual earnings of the graduates or the annual loan payment on the median student debt is greater than 30% of 
the discretionary income of the graduates. A program would become Title IV-ineligible for three years if it fails both 
metrics for two out of three consecutive years or is in the Zone (or fails) for four consecutive award years. In the first 
four years that the debt-to-earnings metrics are calculated under the rule (award years 2014-15, 2015-16, 2016-17, and 
2017-18), if a program would be failing or in the Zone based on the typical approach to calculating debt-to-earnings 
metrics, transitional debt-to-earnings rates would be calculated using the most currently available yearly earnings 
two years after graduation and the annual loan payments of students who completed the program in the most recently 
completed award year. Transitional rates will be used to assess the program if they are lower than what the rates would 
be under the normal calculation. This allows programs that promptly lower tuition and fees to realize the benefit of their 
changes. 

21 

 
If an institution is notified by the Secretary of Education that a program could become ineligible, based on its final 

rates, for the next award year: 

•  The institution must provide a warning with respect to the program to students and prospective students 

indicating, among other things, that students may not be able to use Title IV funds to attend or continue in 
the program; and 

•  The institution must not enroll, register or enter into a financial commitment with a prospective student 

until a specified time after providing the warning to the prospective student. 

GCU, our principal client, has historically been considered a proprietary school.  On October 20, 2016, ED issued to 

institutions, including GCU, draft debt-to-earnings rates for the first gainful employment debt measurement year and 
certain underlying data used to calculate those rates. According to ED’s draft rates, none of GCU’s programs failed. The 
draft rates did indicate that four current degree programs were in the Zone, including three undergraduate education 
programs and the Masters in Theology.  

Schools are also required to certify to ED the following for each Title IV eligible program: 

•  The program is included in the schools’ accreditation; 

•  The program is programmatically accredited, if required by a federal government entity, or by a 

government entity in any state in which the school is located or is required to obtain state approval; 

•  The program satisfies any applicable state licensing and certification requirements for the occupations for 

which the program prepares students to enter; and 

•  The program is not substantially similar to a program offered by the school that became ineligible due to 

the student debt service-to-earnings ratios. 

GCU successfully submitted the certifications required for all pre-existing programs prior to the December 31, 2015 

deadline for doing so. It continues to follow this protocol on an ongoing basis. 

It is not clear at present whether the degree programs at GCU will need to comply with this regulation or, if so, to 

what extent. While ED has, in many cases, required institutions that have converted from for-profit to non-profit to 
comply with this regulation for some limited period, the experience has not been uniform. As such, GCU awaits a 
resolution of this matter. Depending on the resolution, it may have a negative impact on our ability to conduct our 
business. 

These regulations went into effect on July 1, 2015, with the exception of the new disclosure requirements that were 

originally scheduled to go into effect January 1, 2017, but which were delayed, to some extent, until July 1, 2018. ED 
however announced, on June 16, 2017, its intention to conduct negotiated rulemaking proceedings to revise the gainful 
employment regulations. Those negotiated rulemaking proceedings began in December 2017 and continued 
February 5-8, 2018 and concluded with the session held on March 12-15, 2018. Although ED published a notice of 
proposed rulemaking that would eliminate the gainful employment rule, it has not yet published a final rule related to 
this rule. We are following this rulemaking but do not have a view at this time about how it will affect the business.  

Substantial misrepresentation. The HEA prohibits an institution that participates in Title IV programs from 
engaging in “substantial misrepresentation” of the nature of its educational program, its financial charges, or the 
employability of its graduates. ED has defined a misrepresentation as any statement made by the institution or a third 
party that provides educational programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services to the institution that 
is false, erroneous or has the likelihood or tendency to deceive. A substantial misrepresentation is any misrepresentation 
on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s 
detriment. 

22 

 
The regulation also covers statements made by any representative of an institution, including agents, employees and 

subcontractors, and statements made directly or indirectly to any third party, including state agencies, government 
officials or the public, and not just to students or prospective students.  Therefore, we are subject to this regulation. 

Considering the breadth of the definition of “substantial misrepresentation,” it is possible that despite our efforts to 

prevent such misrepresentations, our employees or contractors may make statements that could be construed as 
substantial misrepresentations for which our clients would be held responsible by ED. We and our employees and 
subcontractors, as agents of our university clients, must use a high degree of care to comply with such rules and are 
prohibited by contract from making any false, erroneous or misleading statements about our university clients. To avoid 
an issue under the misrepresentation rule and similar rules, we assure that all marketing materials are approved in 
advance by our university clients before they are used by our employees and we carefully monitor our subcontractors. 

Despite our best efforts, we may face complaints from students and prospective students of our clients over 
statements made by us and our agents throughout the conduct of our services which would expose our clients, and 
derivatively us, to increased risk of enforcement action and applicable sanctions or other penalties and increased risk of 
private qui tam actions under the Federal False Claims Act. Also, if ED determines that an institution (including its 
contractors) has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, ED may revoke an institution’s program participation 
agreement, impose limitations on the institution’s participation in Title IV programs, deny applications from the 
institution for approval of new programs or locations or other matters, or initiate proceedings to fine the institution or 
limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. Similar rules apply under state laws or are 
incorporated in institutional accreditation standards and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, applies similar 
rules prohibiting any unfair or deceptive marketing practices to the education sector. If ED or other regulator determines 
that statements made by us or on our behalf are in violation of the regulations, we could be subject to sanctions and other 
liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Regulatory Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other Changes 

Many actions that our clients may wish to take in connection with expanding their operations or other changes are 
subject to review or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies. For example, requirements and standards of state 
post-secondary agencies, accrediting commissions, and ED limit an institution’s ability in certain instances to establish 
additional teaching locations, implement new educational programs, or increase enrollment in certain programs. Many 
states require review and approval before institutions can add new locations or programs, and many states limit the 
number of pre-licensure professional students (such as nursing) colleges may enroll. Similarly, accrediting agencies 
(institutional and programmatic) generally require institutions to notify them in advance of adding new locations or 
implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a review of the quality of the facility or the program 
and the financial, academic, and other qualifications of the institution. 

With respect to ED, if an institution participating in the Title IV programs plans to add a new location or educational 
program, the institution must generally apply to ED to have the additional location or educational program designated as 
within the scope of the institution’s Title IV eligibility. Institutions that are fully certified to participate in the Title IV 
programs are not required to obtain ED’s approval of additional programs that lead to a bachelor’s, professional, or 
graduate degree at the same degree level as programs previously approved by ED, and, similarly, is not required to 
obtain advance approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in the same or a related 
recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated by ED as an eligible program at 
that institution if it meets certain minimum-length requirements.  GCU, because it is currently certified to participate in 
the Title IV programs on a provisional, month-to-month basis, is required to obtain ED approval for new programs, 
which requirement could impede GCU’s ability to introduce new programs and slow its growth. 

23 

 
Item 1A.       Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all other information contained in 

this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In order to help assess the major risks in our business, we have identified many, but 
not all, of these risks. Due to the scope of our operations, a wide range of factors could materially affect future 
developments and performance. 

If any of the following risks, or risks that we do not anticipate, are realized, our business, financial condition, cash 

flow or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and as a result, the trading price of our common 
stock could be materially and adversely impacted. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with other 
information set forth in this Annual Report, including Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations, and Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, including 
the related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Through June 30, 2018, we were the owner and operator of a for-profit university and the “Risk Factors” section of 

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 set forth the risks associated with that business.  
Upon the consummation of the Transaction with GCU on July 1, 2018 (as discussed in “Part I. Business - The 
Transaction”), we became a third party provider of education services to GCU, our only university client during 2018. 
On January 22, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Orbis Education, an educational services company that supports 
healthcare education programs for 17 universities across the United States.  See Note 14 – Subsequent Event to 
consolidated financial statements.  While we currently provide services to 18 university clients across the United States, 
GCU is, and will for the foreseeable future remain, our most significant client.  Given that our revenue from operations 
during 2018 was derived entirely from GCU, and that our revenue from operations will continue to be derived 
substantially from our contractual relationship with GCU for the foreseeable future, the risk factors set forth below 
include risks attributable to GCU operating as a non-profit university, which could materially affect us. 

Risks Related to the Transaction 

Our business and structure have changed in important ways. 

As a result of the Transaction, various aspects of the Company’s operations have changed in important ways. These 

changes include, but are not limited to, the following: 

•  The Company no longer owns and operates a regulated institution of higher education, but instead provides 
a bundle of services in support of university clients. These services include technology, academic and 
counseling services and support and marketing for GCU’s students. Technology services include the 
ongoing improvement and maintenance of educational infrastructure, including online course delivery and 
management, student records, assessment, customer relations management, and other internal 
administration systems. Academic services include curriculum and new program development, faculty 
training and development, technical support, and assistance with state compliance. Counseling services and 
support include team-based counseling and other support to prospective and current students as well as 
financial aid processing. Marketing and communications includes brand advertising, marketing to potential 
students, and other promotional and communication services. The Company will also provide, at least 
initially, back office services such as accounting, human resources and procurement services. While all of 
the services that it will provide to GCU under the Master Services Agreement are services that it has 
always provided internally in support of GCU’s academic operations prior to the transaction, the Company 
has never operated as a third party service provider regulated by ED until now. As a result, the Company’s 
failure to adapt its business operations to succeed as a third party service provider could have a material 
adverse impact on its operations. 

•  GCU is a separate non-profit entity under the control of an independent board of trustees, none of whose 
members have ever served in a management or corporate board role at the Company. GCU’s board of 
trustees has adopted bylaws and a related conflict of interest policy that, among other things, (i) prevents 
any trustee of GCU from attending any meeting, or voting on any matter, as to which such trustee has a 

24 

 
conflict of interest, (ii) establishes a special committee of independent trustees to oversee on behalf of GCU 
all matters related to the Master Services Agreement and GCU’s relationship with the Company, and 
(iii) prohibits any trustee from having any financial interest in, or role with, the Company. Accordingly, the 
Company’s relationship with New GCU, both pursuant to the Master Services Agreement and 
operationally, is no longer as owner and operator, but as a third party service provider to an independent 
customer. While the Company believes that its relationship with GCU will remain strong, GCU’s board of 
trustees and management will have fiduciary and other duties that will require them to focus on the best 
interests of GCU and, over time, those interests could diverge from those of the Company. 

•  Mr. Brian E. Mueller has served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 2008, the Chairman 
of the Board of the Company since 2017 and the President of the University since 2012. The Board of 
Directors of the Company and the board of trustees of GCU have each determined that Mr. Mueller should 
retain those roles. Accordingly, Mr. Mueller will remain the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company and will continue to serve as the President of GCU. As noted above, however, 
Mr. Mueller will be prohibited from serving on the board of trustees of GCU. Aside from Mr. Mueller, no 
other employee of GCU or GCE has a dual role in these organizations. A structure has been put in place 
that prevents Mr. Mueller from participating in negotiations between the Company and GCU, including 
with respect to the Master Services Agreement. Mr. Mueller has never served in such a dual capacity 
before, and this may at times adversely affect his ability to devote time, attention, and effort to the 
Company. 

The purchase price for the Transferred Assets in the Transaction was paid in the form of a senior Secured Note, and 
our ability to realize the negotiated value of the acquired assets is subject to GCU’s performance and its ability to pay 
amounts due under the Secured Note as they come due. 

GCU paid the purchase price for the Transferred Assets by issuing to the Company a Secured Note that is governed 
by the Credit Agreement between the Company and GCU. The Credit Agreement contains customary commercial credit 
terms, including affirmative and negative covenants applicable to GCU, and provides that the Secured Note bears 
interest at an annual rate of 6.0%, has a maturity date of June 30, 2025, and is secured by all of the assets of GCU. The 
Secured Note provides for GCU to make interest only payments during the term, with all principal and accrued and 
unpaid interest due at maturity and also provides that the Company will lend additional amounts to GCU to fund GCU-
approved capital expenditures during the first three years of the term. Our ability to realize the negotiated value of the 
acquired assets depends on GCU’s performance and its ability to pay amounts due under the Secured Note as they come 
due. 

If ED does not recertify GCU to continue participating in the Title IV programs, its students would lose their access 
to Title IV program funds, or it could be recertified but be required to accept significant limitations as a condition of 
its continued participation in the Title IV programs. 

ED certification to participate in Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and institutions are thus required 

to seek recertification from ED on a regular basis in order to continue their participation in Title IV programs. An 
institution must also apply for recertification by ED if it undergoes a change in control, as defined by ED regulations, 
and may be subject to similar review if it expands its operations or educational programs in certain ways. The 
Transaction constituted a change in control of GCU, and GCU now participates in the Title IV programs on a 
provisional, month-to-month basis pending ED’s review and approval of the Transaction. There can be no assurance that 
ED will recertify GCU or that it will not impose conditions or other restrictions on GCU as a condition of granting GCU 
a provisional certification following its change in control. If ED does not renew or withdraws the certification of GCU to 
participate in the Title IV programs at any time, its students would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. 
Similarly, ED could renew GCU’s certification, but restrict or delay its students receipt of Title IV funds, limit the 
students to whom it could disburse funds, or place other restrictions on the university. Any of these outcomes would 
have a material adverse effect on GCU and on us. 

25 

 
If we are determined to have paid improper incentive compensation to our covered employees, or tuition sharing 
arrangements are deemed to violate the incentive compensation regulations, our business will be impaired. 

An institution that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive 
payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged 
in any student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. Current regulations provide that higher 
education institutions agree that it will not "provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any 
part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity 
who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of title IV, 
HEA program funds." Pursuant to this regulation, we are prohibited from offering our covered employees, which are 
those involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities, any bonus or incentive-based compensation 
based on the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students into a postsecondary institution. We are also 
precluded from offering our covered employees that work on financial aid matters (if any), any bonus or incentive-based 
compensation based on the award of financial aid to students enrolled in a postsecondary institution. 

In addition, the revised rule initially raised a question as to whether companies like ours, as an entity, are prohibited 

from entering into tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with university clients. On March 17, 2011, ED issued official 
agency guidance, known as a "Dear Colleague Letter," or the DCL, providing guidance on this point. The DCL states 
that "[t]he Department generally views payment based on the amount of tuition generated as an indirect payment of 
incentive compensation based on success in recruitment and therefore a prohibited basis upon which to measure the 
value of the services provided" and that "[t]his is true regardless of the manner in which the entity compensates its 
employees." But the DCL also provides an important exception to the ban on tuition revenue-sharing arrangements 
between institutions and third parties. According to the DCL, ED does not consider payment based on the amount of 
tuition generated by an institution to violate the incentive compensation ban if the payment compensates an "unaffiliated 
third party" that provides a set of "bundled services" that includes recruitment services, such as those we provide. 
Example 2-B in the DCL is described as a "possible business model" developed "with the statutory mandate in mind." 
Example 2-B describes the following as a possible business model: 

"A third party that is not affiliated with the institution it serves and is not affiliated with any other institution 
that provides educational services, provides bundled services to the institution including marketing, enrollment 
application assistance, recruitment services, course support for online delivery of courses, the provision of 
technology, placement services for internships, and student career counseling. The institution may pay the 
entity an amount based on tuition generated for the institution by the entity’s activities for all the bundled 
services that are offered and provided collectively, as long as the entity does not make prohibited compensation 
payments to its employees, and the institution does not pay the entity separately for student recruitment services 
provided by the entity." 

The DCL guidance indicates that an arrangement that complies with Example 2-B will be deemed to be in 
compliance with the incentive compensation provisions of the HEA and ED’s regulations. Our business model and 
contractual arrangements with our university client closely follow Example 2-B in the DCL. In addition, we assure that 
none of our "covered employees" is paid any bonus or other incentive compensation in violation of the rule. 

Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by ED in the form of a 

DCL and is not codified by statute or regulation, the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public 
comment period or other administrative procedural requirements that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Similarly, a 
court could invalidate the rule in an action involving our company or our university clients, or in action that does not 
involve us at all. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, ED or a court could 
require us to change our business model. 

26 

 
Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Industry 

Our failure, or our client’s (and potential clients’) failure, to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements 
governing institutions of higher education could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations or 
growth, or loss of external financial aid funding for our students. 

To participate in the Title IV programs, a school must be authorized by the appropriate state post-secondary agency 
or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED, and be certified as an eligible institution by 
ED. In addition, the operations and programs of our current client, and any future client, are regulated by other state 
education agencies and additional accrediting commissions. As a result of these requirements, we are subject to 
extensive regulation from state entities, institutional accrediting commissions, specialized accrediting commissions, and 
ED. These regulatory requirements cover many of our operations, as well as the operations of our current and future 
clients. These include regulations related to educational programs, instructional and administrative staff, administrative 
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition of any client. These regulatory 
requirements also affect our ability to assist client institutions with adding new educational programs and changing 
existing educational programs. The agencies that regulate higher education periodically revise their requirements and 
modify their interpretations of existing requirements. Regulatory requirements are not always precise and clear, and 
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have (or any client has) interpreted or applied these 
requirements. Any misinterpretation of regulatory requirements could materially adversely affect us. If we fail, or any 
client institution fails, to comply with any of these regulatory requirements, we or any client could suffer financial 
penalties, limitations on our operations, or other sanctions, each of which could materially adversely affect us. In 
addition, if we or any client are charged with regulatory violations, our reputation could be damaged, which could have a 
negative impact on our stock price and enrollments at client institutions. ED and other regulators have increased the 
frequency and severity of their enforcement actions against post-secondary schools. In some cases, these enforcement 
actions have resulted in material sanctions, loss of Title IV eligibility, or closure in schools. We cannot predict with 
certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to comply with all of the 
applicable requirements in the future. 

Rulemaking by the ED could materially and adversely affect our business. 

Over the past few years, the ED has regularly promulgated new regulations and guidance that impact our clients and 
our business directly. Indeed, ED recently released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking related to the Borrower Defense to 
Repayment regulations, a highly consequential rule that would make it easier for students to extinguish, in whole or in 
part, their student loans based on whether an institution (or its contractors) makes a statement, act, or omission to a 
borrower that is false, misleading, or deceptive; made with knowledge of its false, misleading, or deceptive nature or 
with a reckless disregard for the truth; and directly and clearly related to the making of a Direct Loan for enrollment at 
the school or the provision of educational services for which the loan was made. ED has not yet published a final rule on 
this topic but, in light of a recent court action in October 2018, the Borrower Defense to Repayment regulations that 
were originally published by ED in 2016 are now in effect.  These and other regulations and guidance documents can 
increase our operating costs and in some cases, change the manner in which we operate our business. In addition, 
because certain of these regulations have been vacated or blocked as a result of litigation challenging the regulations, 
there remains substantial uncertainty regarding their present or future effectiveness or enforcement. New or amended 
regulations in the future, particularly regulations focused on third-party servicers, could further negatively impact our 
business. 

If ED does not recertify a client institution to continue participating in the Title IV programs, the students we assist 
would lose their access to Title IV program funds, or a client institution could be recertified but required to accept 
significant limitations as a condition of its continued participation in the Title IV programs. 

ED certification to participate in the Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and institutions are thus 

required to seek recertification from ED on a regular basis in order to continue their participation in the Title IV 
programs. An institution must also apply for recertification by ED if it undergoes a change in control, as defined by ED 
regulations, and may be subject to similar review if it expands its operations or educational programs in certain ways. 

27 

 
There can be no assurance that ED will recertify any client institution at that time or that it will not impose 

conditions or other restrictions on any client institution as a condition of approving any future recertification. If ED does 
not renew or withdraws certification to participate in the Title IV programs from any client, students at that institution 
would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. Alternatively, ED could renew a client institution’s 
certification, but restrict or delay students’ receipt of Title IV funds, limit the number of students to whom it can 
disburse such funds, place other restrictions on the institution, or it could delay recertification after any client’s program 
participation agreement expires, in which case our client’s certification would continue on a month-to-month basis. Any 
of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our client’s enrollments and us. 

In August 2017, our principal client, GCU, received a new program participation agreement with full certification 

from ED, which gave GCU the ability to participate in the Title IV programs through December 31, 2020. As a result of 
the Transaction, however, GCU had to file a change in control application. The Department is currently reviewing 
GCU’s application for a change in control and GCU is waiting for a new program participation agreement and GCU now 
participates in the Title IV programs on a provisional, month-to-month basis pending ED’s review and approval of the 
Transaction. We cannot know at this time, if ED will require GCU to post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly 
accept operating restrictions, as a condition on approving the change in control. 

A client institution could lose the ability to participate in the Title IV programs if it fails to maintain its institutional 
accreditation, and our client’s student enrollments could decline if a client institution fails to maintain any of its 
accreditations or approvals. 

An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED in order to participate in the Title 
IV programs. Our principal client, GCU has been regionally accredited by the HLC and its predecessor since 1968, most 
recently obtaining reaccreditation in 2017 for the ten-year period through 2027, and the HLC approved the Transaction 
in February 2018. Future clients may be accredited by different accrediting bodies that are likely to have standards that 
are different from those of the HLC. Accrediting bodies review the accredited status of institutions periodically (for 
example, the HLC reviews institutions every ten years, along with a mid-term report in year four). 

If any client institution fails to satisfy the relevant accrediting standards, it could lose accreditation, which would 

cause a revocation of its eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. This could cause a significant decline in 
student enrollments, and could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, many client institutions will have 
educational programs that are also accredited by specialized accrediting commissions or approved by specialized state 
agencies. If our client institutions fail to satisfy the standards of any of those specialized accrediting commissions or 
state agencies, the institution could lose the specialized accreditation or approval for the affected programs, which could 
result in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and have a material adverse effect on us. 

A client institution may lose eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if its student loan default rates are too 
high. 

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs if, for three 

consecutive years, 30% or more of its students who were required to begin repayment on their student loans in one year 
default on their payment by the end of the second year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in 
some or all of the Title IV programs if the default rate of its students exceeds 40% for any single year. While GCU’s 
cohort default rates have historically been significantly below these levels, we cannot assure you that this will continue 
to be the case. Increases in interest rates or declines in income or job losses for students could contribute to higher 
default rates on student loans. In addition, while we will conduct appropriate diligence on new client institutions, we 
cannot guarantee that all client institutions will have a cohort default rate as low as GCU. Having a client exceed the 
student loan default rate thresholds and losing eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs would have a material 
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Any future changes in the 
formula for calculating student loan default rates, economic conditions, or other factors that cause default rates to 
increase, could materially adversely affect us. 

28 

 
If our client institutions do not meet specific financial responsibility standards established by ED, they may be 
required to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations in order to continue participating in the Title IV 
programs, or could lose eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs. 

To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must either satisfy specific quantitative standards of financial 

responsibility prescribed by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly accept operating restrictions as well. 
These financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution on an annual basis based on the institution’s audited 
consolidated financial statements, and may be applied at other times, such as if the institution undergoes a change in 
control. These tests may also be applied to an institution’s parent company or other related entity. The operating 
restrictions that may be placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative standards of financial responsibility 
include being transferred from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV program funds to either the 
reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring system, which could result in a significant delay in the institution’s 
receipt of those funds. As a service provider, we are not directly subject to this regulation. However, if ED were to 
determine that a client institution did not meet the financial responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the 
composite score or other financial responsibility factors, ED could impose a range of sanctions on the institution, such as 
requiring the institution to post a letter of credit, accept provisional certification (which would hamper the ability of the 
institution to add new programs), comply with additional ED monitoring requirements, agree to receive Title IV program 
funds under an arrangement other than ED’s standard advance funding arrangement, such as the reimbursement system 
of payment or heightened cash monitoring, and to comply with or accept other limitations on the ability to increase the 
number of programs offered by our client institutions or the number of students they enroll, any of which sanctions could 
have an adverse impact on our business. Our principal client, GCU, will receive its first composite score following the 
Transaction with respect to its fiscal year ending June 30, 2019, which score must be provided to ED by March 31, 2020.  
At this time, we cannot predict if GCU’s composite score will exceed 1.5 or if ED would impose any sanctions on GCU 
if its composite score is below 1.5.  If any such sanctions were imposed, it could have a negative impact on our ability to 
conduct our business. 

If our client institutions do not comply with ED’s administrative capability standards, we could suffer harm. 

To continue participating in the Title IV programs, an institution must demonstrate to ED that the institution is 

capable of adequately administering the Title IV programs under specific standards prescribed by ED. These 
administrative capability criteria require, among other things, the institution to have an adequate number of qualified 
personnel to administer the Title IV programs, have adequate procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV funds 
and for maintaining records, submit all required reports and consolidated financial statements in a timely manner, and 
not have significant problems that affect the institution’s ability to administer the Title IV programs. As a service 
provider, we assist our clients with some facets of these areas. As such, we must be mindful of, and compliant with, the 
administrative capability requirements. If our client institutions fail to satisfy any of these criteria, ED may assess 
financial penalties against such institutions, restrict the manner in which those institutions receive Title IV funds, require 
them to post a letter of credit, place them on provisional certification status, or limit or terminate participation in the 
Title IV programs, any of which could materially adversely affect us. As a third-party servicer, if we are the cause of the 
administrative deficiency, we may also face monetary sanctions and actions to limit, suspend, or terminate our ability to 
offer those and other services to institutions of higher education. 

A finding that we violated ED’s substantial misrepresentation regulation could materially and adversely affect our 
business. 

The HEA prohibits an institution that participates in Title IV programs from engaging in “substantial 

misrepresentation” of the nature of its educational program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates. 
Under these rules, a misrepresentation is any statement made by the institution or a third party that provides educational 
programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services to the institution that is false, erroneous or has the 
likelihood or tendency to deceive or confuse. A substantial misrepresentation is any misrepresentation on which the 
person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. 
The regulation also covers statements made by any representative of an institution, including agents, employees and 
subcontractors, and statements made directly or indirectly to any third party, including state agencies, government 
officials or the public, and not just to students or prospective students. Considering the breadth of the definition of 

29 

 
“substantial misrepresentation,” it is possible that despite our efforts to prevent such misrepresentations, our employees 
or contractors  may make statements that could be construed as substantial misrepresentations for which our current and 
any future clients would be held responsible by ED. We and our employees and subcontractors, as agents of our 
university clients, must use a high degree of care to comply with such rules and are prohibited by contract from making 
any false, erroneous or misleading statements about our university clients. To avoid an issue under the misrepresentation 
rule and similar rules, we assure that all marketing materials are approved in advance by our university clients before 
they are used by our employees and we carefully monitor our employees and subcontractors conversations with students 
and prospective students. 

Despite our best efforts, we may face complaints from our clients’ students and prospective students over statements 

made by us and our agents throughout the conduct of all our services which would expose our clients, and derivatively 
us, to increased risk of enforcement action and applicable sanctions or other penalties and increased risk of private qui 
tam actions under the Federal False Claims Act. Also, if ED determines that an institution (including its contractors) has 
engaged in substantial misrepresentation, ED may revoke an institution’s program participation agreement, impose 
limitations on the institution’s participation in Title IV programs, deny applications from the institution for approval of 
new programs or locations or other matters, or initiate proceedings to fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate 
its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. Similar rules apply under state laws or are incorporated in institutional 
accreditation standards and the FTC applies similar rules prohibiting any unfair or deceptive marketing practices to the 
education sector. If ED or other regulator determines that statements made by us or on our client’s behalf are in violation 
of the regulations, we could be subject to sanctions and other liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

To the extent we are performing return to Title IV calculations for our client institutions, we are subject to sanctions 
if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program funds for students who withdraw before 
completing their educational program. 

A school participating in the Title IV programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that it 

has disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing such programs and must 
return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or ED in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the 
school determines that the student has withdrawn. To the extent our services for a client include conducting returns to 
Title IV, as they do with our principal client, GCU, we would likely be jointly and severally liable to ED, along with the 
relevant client, for return of those funds. Further, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by ED, which could increase 
our cost of regulatory compliance and materially adversely affect us. Further, a failure to comply with these regulatory 
requirements could result in termination of our ability to continue providing these services to other client institutions, 
which would materially affect us. 

A reduction in funding or new restrictions on eligibility for the Federal Pell Grant Program, or the elimination of 
subsidized Stafford loans, could make college less affordable for certain students at our client institutions, which 
could negatively impact our client institutions’ enrollments, revenue and results of operations. 

The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the HEA and annually determine the funding level for each Title 

IV program. In 2008, the HEA was reauthorized through September 30, 2013 by the Higher Education Opportunity Act. 
Changes to the HEA, including changes in eligibility and funding for Title IV programs, are likely to occur in 
subsequent reauthorizations, but we cannot predict the scope or substance of any such changes. 

Any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding, whether through across-the-board 
funding reductions, sequestration or otherwise, or materially impacts the eligibility of our client institutions or students 
to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our client institutions enrollment, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. Congressional action could also require us to modify our practices in 
ways that could increase our administrative costs and reduce our operating income, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

30 

 
We cannot offer new programs for our clients or expand client operations into certain states if such actions are not 
timely approved by the applicable regulatory agencies, and our clients may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to 
students enrolled in any such programs, schools, or states if they do not obtain prior approval. 

Our expansion efforts include developing new educational programs for our clients. If our client institutions are 
unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new programs or operations, or if our client institutions are unable to 
obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to consummate the planned actions and the ability of our client 
institutions to provide Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our expansion plans. In addition, if we were to determine erroneously that a new program did not need 
approval or that we had all required approvals, our clients could be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds 
provided to students in that program or at that location.  GCU, because it is currently certified to participate in the Title 
IV programs on a provisional, month-to-month basis, is required to obtain ED approval for new programs, which 
required could impede GCU’s ability to introduce new programs and slow its growth. 

If our client institutions do not maintain state authorization, they may not operate or participate in the Title IV 
programs. 

A school that grants degrees or certificates must be authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in which 

it is located. State authorization is also required for their students to be eligible to receive funding under the Title IV 
programs. To maintain their state authorization, our client institutions must continuously meet standards relating to, 
among other things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, 
financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs, and various operational and administrative 
procedures. If our client institutions fail to satisfy any of these standards, they could lose state authorization to offer 
educational programs, which would also cause them to lose eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and have a 
material adverse effect on us. 

In addition, almost every state imposes regulatory requirements on educational institutions that have physical 

facilities located within the state’s boundaries. Individual state laws establish standards in areas such as educational 
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of 
new locations and educational programs, and various operational and administrative procedures, some of which are 
different than the standards prescribed by other regulators. Several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over 
educational institutions offering online degree programs that have no physical location in the state but that have some 
activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to students who reside in the state, employing 
faculty who reside in the state, or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. 

State regulatory requirements for online education have historically varied among the states. To address this issue 
and to meet new ED requirements many schools have applied and have been approved to be an approved institutional 
participant in the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”). SARA is an agreement among member states, 
districts and territories that establishes comparable national standards for interstate offering of post-secondary distance 
education courses and programs. It is intended to make it easier for students to take online courses offered by post-
secondary institutions based in another state. SARA is overseen by a national council (NC-SARA) and administered by 
four regional education compacts, for which Arizona, the state in which our principal client, GCU, is located is a W-
SARA member. There is a yearly renewal for participating in NC-SARA and AZ-SARA and institutions must agree to 
meet certain requirements to participate. As of June 30, 2018, all states other than California are members of SARA. 

Any state that does not participate in SARA may impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state post-secondary 
institutions operating within their boundaries, such as those having a physical facility or conducting certain academic 
activities within the state. GCU, for example, enrolls students in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Although it is 
currently licensed, authorized, in-process, or exempt in all non-SARA jurisdictions in which it operates, if GCU fails to 
comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for a state, or fails to obtain licenses or authorizations when 
required, it could lose its state license or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions 
on its activities in, and fines and penalties imposed by, that state, as well as fines, penalties, and sanctions imposed by 
ED. The loss of licensure or authorization in any non-SARA state by a client institution could prohibit us from recruiting 

31 

 
prospective students or offering services to current students in that state, which could significantly reduce our client’s 
enrollments. 

Laws, regulations, or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could also increase our cost of doing 
business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments 
and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Additionally, regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted or applied these 

requirements. Any misinterpretation by us of these regulatory requirements or adverse changes in regulations or 
interpretations thereof by regulators could materially adversely affect us. If a client institution fails to comply with state 
licensing or authorization requirements for a state in which it operates, or fails to obtain licenses or authorizations when 
required, it could lose its state licensure or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions, including 
restrictions on its activities in, and fines and penalties imposed by, that state, as well as fines, penalties, and sanctions 
imposed by ED. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state other than a state in which a client institution is 
physically located could prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or assisting with offering educational services 
to current students in that state, which could significantly reduce enrollments. 

Government agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims, or 
initiate litigation against us or our clients based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory requirements 
applicable to us and our clients, which could cause the imposition of sanctions against us or our clients. 

Because our client institutions operate in a highly regulated industry, they are subject to program reviews, audits, 

investigations, claims of non-compliance, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies, students, 
employees, stockholders, and other third parties alleging non-compliance with applicable legal requirements, many of 
which are imprecise and subject to interpretation. Similarly, we could be subject to those same reviews. If the result of 
any such proceeding is unfavorable to our clients, they may lose or have limitations imposed on their state licensing, 
accreditation, or Title IV program participation; be required to pay monetary damages (including triple damages in 
certain whistleblower suits); or be subject to fines, injunctions, or other penalties, any of which could have a material 
adverse effect on their business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. Similarly, reviews of us directly 
could also impose a host of limitations and monetary penalties and fines for wrongful actions on our part. Claims and 
lawsuits brought against us or our clients, even if they are without merit, may also result in adverse publicity, damage 
our reputation, negatively affect the market price of our stock, adversely affect student enrollments, and reduce the 
willingness of third parties to do business with us. Even if we adequately address the issues raised by any such 
proceeding and successfully defend against it, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources to 
address these issues, which could harm our business. 

The regulatory guidance governing third-party servicers imposes a number of requirements on our business and may 
expose us to liability for certain regulatory violations that are coextensive with our client institutions. 

A “Third-party servicer” is any person or entity used by “any eligible institution of higher education to administer, 

through either manual or automated processing, any aspect of such institution’s student assistance programs.”  Third 
party servicers have a number of requirements. For example, they must conduct and submit to ED compliance audits 
under 34 C.F.R. § 668.23. In addition, they must comply with the requirements of 34 C.F.R. § 668.25, which requires 
third-party servicers, in their contracts with institutions, to be contractually obligated to, among other things: 

•  Comply with all statutory provisions of or applicable to Title IV of the HEA, including the requirement to 
use any funds that the servicer administers under any Title IV, HEA program and any interest or other 
earnings thereon solely for the purposes specified in and in accordance with that program; 

•  Refer to the Office of Inspector General of ED for investigation any information indicating there is 

reasonable cause to believe that the institution might have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in 
connection with the institution’s administration of any Title IV, HEA program or an applicant for Title IV, 
HEA program assistance might have engaged in fraud or other criminal misconduct in connection with his 
or her application; and 

32 

 
•  Be jointly and severally liable with the institution to the Secretary for any violation by the servicer of any 
statutory provision of or applicable to Title IV of the HEA, any regulatory provision prescribed under that 
statutory authority, and any applicable special arrangement, agreement, or limitation entered into under the 
authority of statutes applicable to Title IV of the HEA. 

We are also subject to a number of data security and privacy regulations given our role as a third-party servicer.  To 
the extent we continue to provide third party servicer functions, we will be subject to these requirements, the compliance 
with which can materially impact our business model. 

Proposed legislation, additional rulemaking or additional examinations from U.S. Congress may impact general 
public perception of the industry in a negative manner resulting in a material and adverse impact on our business. 

The process of re-authorization of the Higher Education Act (“HEA”) began in 2014 and is ongoing.  Congressional 

hearings began in 2013 and will continue to be scheduled by the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor 
and Pensions, the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Education and the Workforce and other Congressional 
committees regarding various aspects of the education industry, including accreditation matters, student debt, student 
recruiting, cost of tuition, distance learning, competency-based learning, student success and outcomes and other 
matters. 

Criticisms of the overall student lending and post-secondary education sectors may impact general public 
perceptions of educational institutions, including our client institutions and us, in a negative manner. Adverse media 
coverage regarding educational institutions – whether or not a client – or regarding third party services such as us 
directly could damage our reputation. The environment surrounding access to and the costs of student loans remains in a 
state of flux. The uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or 
reduces students’ access to Title IV loans or to student extended payment plans, could reduce student demand for 
educational programs which would adversely impact our revenues and operating profit or result in increased regulatory 
scrutiny. 

The increased scrutiny and results-based accountability initiatives in the education sector, as well as ongoing policy 

differences in Congress regarding spending levels, could lead to significant changes in connection with the 
reauthorization of the HEA or otherwise.  These changes may place additional regulatory burdens on postsecondary 
schools generally, and specific initiatives may be targeted at or have an impact upon companies like us that provide 
services to institutions of higher education.  The adoption of any laws or regulations that limit our ability to provide our 
bundled services to our university clients could compromise our ability to drive revenue through their programs or make 
our platform less attractive to them.  Congress could also enact laws or regulations that require us to modify our 
practices in ways that could increase our costs. 

Risks Related to Our Business 

A large percentage of our revenue is attributable to our contractual relationship as a service provider to GCU, and 
the loss of, or a decline in enrollment in, GCU programs could significantly reduce our revenue and impact our 
overall financial performance. 

We expect the programs of GCU to account for a large percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Any 
decline in reputation or changes in policies of GCU could adversely affect its student enrollment and its overall financial 
and operating results, which could materially impact us. Furthermore, GCU has the right to terminate the Master 
Services Agreement early after the later of seven (7) years or the payment in full of the Secured Note and, upon the 
expiration of the Management Services Agreement, GCU is not required to continue using us as the provider of the 
services set forth thereunder. If GCU were to terminate or not renew its relationship with us, or if certain of the programs 
with GCU pursuant to the Master Services Agreement were to materially underperform for any reason, it could 
negatively affect our reputation, revenue and future operating results. 

33 

 
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of Orbis Education. 

Our acquisition of Orbis Education, which was completed on January 22, 2019 (the “Acquisition”) is the first 

acquisition by GCE.  

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition, including potential operating synergies or sales or 

growth opportunities, to the extent or in the time frame anticipated. The anticipated benefits and synergies of the 
Acquisition are based on assumptions and current expectations, not actual experience, and assume our efforts do not 
have unforeseen or unintended consequences. In addition, our ability to realize the benefits and synergies of the 
Acquisition could be adversely impacted to the extent that relationships with existing or potential university customers 
are adversely affected as a consequence of the Merger. 

We may have difficulty integrating future acquisitions, which would reduce the anticipated benefits of those 
transactions and the Acquisition. 

In addition to the Acquisition, we intend to continually evaluate potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, 

products, services and technologies, including those that are significant in size and scope. The risks we commonly 
encounter in acquisitions include: 

• 

if, in addition to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisition, we incur significant debt to 
finance a future acquisition and our business does not perform as expected, we may have difficulty 
complying with debt covenants; 

•  we may be unable to make a future acquisition which is in our best interest due to the indebtedness incurred 

in connection with the Acquisition; 

• 

if we use our stock to make a future acquisition, it will dilute existing stockholders; 

•  we may have difficulty assimilating the operations and personnel of any acquired company; 

• 

• 

• 

the challenge and additional investment involved with integrating new products, services and technologies 
into our sales and marketing process; 

our ongoing business may be disrupted by transition and integration issues; 

the costs and complexity of integrating the internal information technology infrastructure of each acquired 
business with ours may be greater than expected and may require additional capital investments; 

•  we may be unable to achieve the financial and strategic goals for any acquired businesses; 

•  we may have difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies during the transition and 

integration period following a future acquisition; 

• 

• 

our relationships with existing clients could be adversely affected; and 

as successor we may be subject to certain liabilities of our acquisition targets. 

Our failure to effectively integrate any future acquisition would adversely affect the benefit of such transaction, 

including potential synergies or sales growth opportunities, in the time frame anticipated. 

34 

 
Our success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs in recruiting new 
students. 

Building awareness of GCU and any other client institution, and the programs they offer, is critical to our ability to 
attract prospective students. It is also critical to our success that we convert prospective students to enrolled students in a 
cost-effective manner and that these enrolled students remain active in the programs of our client institutions. Some of 
the factors that could prevent us from successfully recruiting, enrolling, and retaining students in those programs 
include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other costs associated with, Title IV loan funds or 
other sources of financial aid; 

the emergence of more successful competitors; 

factors related to our marketing, including the costs and effectiveness of Internet advertising and broad-
based branding campaigns and recruiting efforts; 

performance problems with our online systems; 

failure of our client institutions to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations; 

the requirements of the education agencies that regulate our client institutions which could restrict their 
initiation of new programs and modification of existing programs; 

the requirements of the education agencies that regulate our client institutions which restrict the ways 
schools can compensate their recruitment personnel; 

increased regulation of online education, including in states in which our client institutions do not have a 
physical presence; 

restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs that seek certification or licensure in 
certain states; 

student dissatisfaction with our services and programs; 

damage to our reputation or other adverse effects as a result of negative publicity in the media, in industry 
or governmental reports, or otherwise, affecting us or other companies in the post-secondary education 
sector; 

price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable to match; 

a decline in the acceptance of online education; 

an adverse economic or other development that affects job prospects in our core disciplines; and 

a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from the programs offered by 
any client institution. 

If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of the programs of our clients, and to recruit, enroll, and retain 
students, enrollments would suffer and our ability to increase revenues and maintain profitability would be significantly 
impaired. 

35 

 
Our failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology could harm our ability to meet the needs of our 
client institutions. 

We have invested significant resources to develop and implement features that enhance the online classroom 
experience, such as delivering course content through streaming video, simulations, and other interactive enhancements 
as well as technology to meet the back-office support needs of our client institutions’ students. Our information 
technology systems and tools could become impaired or obsolete due to our action or failure to act. For instance, we 
could install new information technology without accurately assessing its costs or benefits, or we could experience 
delayed or ineffective implementation of new information technology. We could fail to respond in a timely manner for 
future technological developments in our industry. Should our actions or failure to act impair or render our information 
technology less effective, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. 

A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in post-secondary institutions, or in the number of students seeking 
degrees online, could cause our client institutions to experience lower enrollment, which could negatively impact our 
future growth. 

Based on industry analyses, we believe that enrollment growth in degree-granting, post-secondary institutions is 

slowing and that the number of high school graduates that are eligible to enroll in degree-granting, post-secondary 
institutions is expected to decrease over the next few years. In order to maintain current growth rates, we will need to 
attract a larger percentage of students in existing markets to our client institutions and by working with client institutions 
to create new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our client’s core disciplines is weaker 
than expected, as a result of any regional or national economic downturn or otherwise, fewer students may seek the types 
of degrees that our clients offer. Our failure to attract new students for our clients, or the decisions by prospective 
students to seek degrees in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on our future growth. 

We face competition from established and other emerging companies, which could divert clients to our competitors, 
result in pricing pressure and significantly reduce our revenue. 

We expect existing competitors and new entrants to the educational services market to revise and improve their 
business models constantly in response to challenges from competing businesses, including ours. If these or other market 
participants introduce new or improved delivery of online education and technology-enabled services that we cannot 
match or exceed in a timely or cost-effective manner, our ability to continue to grow beyond our initial client could be 
compromised. 

Our primary competitors include 2U, EmbanetCompass (owned by Pearson), and Wiley Education Services. There 

are also several new and existing vendors providing some or all of the services we provide to other segments of the 
education market, and these vendors may pursue the institutions we target. In addition, colleges and universities may 
choose to continue using or to develop their own online learning solutions in-house, rather than pay for our solutions. 

Increased competition may result in changes in the revenue share percentage we are able to negotiate to receive 
from a client. The competitive landscape may also result in longer and more complex sales cycles with a prospective 
client, which would negatively affect our ability to add additional clients and thus our ability to grow our business 
beyond our initial client. 

A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential client opportunities or force us to offer our 

solutions on less favorable economic terms, including 

• 

• 

• 

competitors may develop service offerings that our potential clients find to be more compelling than ours; 

competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, adapt more 
quickly to new technologies and changes in client and student requirements, and devote greater resources 
to the acquisition of qualified students than we can; and 

current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third 
parties to enhance their products and expand their markets, and our industry is likely to see an increasing 

36 

 
number of new entrants and increased consolidation. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among 
competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. 

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. In addition, competition may 

intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or 
geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against 
our competitors, our ability to grow our business beyond our initial client could be impaired. 

Our success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key personnel. 

Our success to date has largely depended on, and will continue to depend on, the skills, efforts, and motivation of 
our executive officers, who generally have significant experience with our business and the education industry, and we 
may have difficulties in locating and hiring qualified personnel and in retaining such personnel once hired. In addition, 
other than non-compete agreements of limited duration that we have with certain executive officers, we have not 
historically sought non-compete agreements with key personnel and they may leave and subsequently compete against 
us. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, many of whom are not party to employment agreements with us, 
or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could cause our 
business to suffer. 

The protection of our exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual property is limited, and from time to time we may 
encounter disputes relating to the use by us of intellectual property of third parties, any of which could harm our 
operations and prospects. 

We have developed and own, or are licensed to use, intellectual property that is or will be the subject of copyright, 

trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or other protections. This intellectual property includes but is not limited to 
technology, courseware materials and business know-how and internal processes and procedures developed to respond to 
the requirements of operating a post-secondary educational institution with a significant online campus and to comply 
with the rules and regulations of various education regulatory agencies. We rely on a combination of copyrights, 
trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements to protect our intellectual property. Protecting 
intellectual property rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development by competitors of competing 
content delivery and related technologies, and unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary 
aspects of our systems and seek to offer competing services to those offered by us. We cannot assure you that protective 
measures taken by us will be adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all 
of our proprietary rights in the United States, or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. 
We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property and may not 
always prevail in these disputes. Any such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a 
significant strain on financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit. 

Our credit agreement may restrict our operations and our ability to complete certain transactions. 

Our credit agreement imposes certain operating restrictions on us, including limitations on our ability to incur 
additional debt or make certain investments, and requires us to maintain compliance with certain applicable regulatory 
standards. In addition, the credit agreement requires us to maintain a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge 
coverage ratio and a minimum tangible net worth, in each case as such terms are defined in the credit agreement. We 
cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital 
needs or to pursue available business opportunities. A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to maintain the 
required financial ratios could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the affected 
lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and 
payable. 

37 

 
Risks Related to Our Business Technology Infrastructure 

We are subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection and use of personal information, and any 
violations of such laws or regulations, or any breach, theft, or loss of such information, could adversely affect our 
reputation and operations. 

Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our 
business. We collect, use, and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our principal client’s applicants 
and students, including social security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data, and credit 
card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of our employees in the ordinary course of our 
business. Our services can be accessed globally through the Internet. Therefore, we may be subject to the application of 
national privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which applicants and students access our services. Such privacy 
laws could impose conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services. 

Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors that hold and manage confidential information 

on our behalf may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse, computer hackers, computer viruses, 
and other security threats. Confidential information may also inadvertently become available to third parties when we 
integrate systems or migrate data to our servers in connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades. 

Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored on our servers, our networks may be targeted by 

hackers seeking to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate sensitive 
information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use security and business controls to 
limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business 
controls, which could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use, or 
transmission of personal information could result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective students or employees. 
Possession and use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that 
could require us to implement certain policies and procedures, such as the procedures we adopted to comply with the 
Red Flags Rule that was promulgated by the FTC under the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act and that requires the 
establishment of guidelines and policies regarding identity theft related to student credit accounts, and could require us 
to make certain notifications of data breaches and restrict our use of personal information. A violation of any laws or 
regulations relating to the collection or use of personal information could result in the imposition of fines against us. As 
a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to 
alleviate problems caused by these breaches. A major breach, theft, or loss of personal information regarding our client’s 
students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or regulations 
relating to the same, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and result in further regulation and oversight 
by federal and state authorities and increased costs of compliance. 

We are required to comply with The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, and failure to do so 
could harm our reputation and negatively affect our business. 

FERPA generally prohibits an institution of higher education participating in Title IV programs from disclosing 
personally identifiable information from a student’s education records without the student’s consent.  Our university 
clients and their students disclose to us certain information that originates from or comprises a student education record 
under FERPA.  As an entity that provides services to institutions participating in Title IV programs, we are indirectly 
subject to FERPA, and we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any personally identifiable information from a student 
record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute.  If we violate FERPA, it could result in a 
material breach of contract with one or more of our university clients and could harm our reputation.  Further, in the 
event that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the DOE could require a university client to suspend 
our access to their student information for at least five years. 

Capacity constraints, system disruptions, or security breaches in our online computer networks and phone systems 
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students. 

The performance and reliability of the infrastructure of our computer networks and phone systems, including the 
online programs of our clients, is critical to our operations, reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students on 

38 

 
our client’s behalf. Any computer system disruption or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in traffic on the 
servers that host our online operations, may result in the online courses and programs being unavailable for a period of 
time. In addition, any significant failure of our computer networks or servers, whether as a result of third-party actions or 
in connection with planned upgrades and conversions, could disrupt our operations. Individual, sustained, or repeated 
occurrences could significantly damage the reputation of our technology/services and result in a loss of potential or 
existing students of our client institutions. Additionally, our operations are vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due 
to events beyond our control, including natural disasters and network and telecommunications failures. Our computer 
networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, malicious code, organized 
cyber-attacks and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary 
information or cause interruptions to or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant 
resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these incidents. Any 
interruption to our operations could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract students to our client’s 
programs and to retain those students. 

A failure of our information systems to properly store, process and report relevant data may reduce our 
management’s effectiveness, interfere with our regulatory compliance and increase our operating expenses. 

We are dependent on the integrity of our data management systems. If these systems do not effectively collect, store 

and process relevant data for the operation of our business, whether due to equipment malfunctions or constraints, 
software deficiencies, or human error, our ability to effectively report, plan, forecast and execute our business plan and 
comply with applicable laws and regulations, including the HEA, as reauthorized, and the regulations thereunder, will be 
impaired, perhaps materially. Any such impairment could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results 
of operations, and cash flows. 

Risks Related to Owning our Common Stock 

Provisions in our charter documents and the Delaware General Corporation Law could make it more difficult for a 
third party to acquire us and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect existing stockholders. 

Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or 

DGCL, and regulations of state and federal education agencies could diminish the opportunity for stockholders to 
participate in acquisition proposals at a price above the then-current market price of our common stock. For example, 
while we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock, our Board of Directors, without further stockholder 
approval, may issue shares of undesignated preferred stock and fix the powers, preferences, rights, and limitations of 
such class or series, which could adversely affect the voting power of your shares. In addition, our bylaws provide for an 
advance notice procedure for nomination of candidates to our Board of Directors that could have the effect of delaying, 
deterring, or preventing a change in control. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to provisions of the 
DGCL regarding “business combinations,” which can deter attempted takeovers in certain situations. The approval 
requirements of ED, our regional accrediting commission, and state post-secondary, licensure, and certification agencies 
for a change in control transaction could also delay, deter, or prevent a transaction that would result in a change in 
control. We may, in the future, consider adopting additional anti-takeover measures. The authority of our Board of 
Directors to issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL, as well as 
other current and any future anti-takeover measures adopted by us, may, in certain circumstances, delay, deter, or 
prevent takeover attempts and other changes in control of the company not approved by our Board of Directors. 

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or industry or if they downgrade their 
evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. 

The activity within the trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that 

industry or financial analysts publish about us, our business and the for-profit education sector. In recent periods, a 
number of analysts have dropped coverage of the sector. If analysts cease coverage of us or additional analysts cease 
coverage of our sector, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to 
decline. If one or more of the analysts covering us downgrade their estimates or evaluations of our stock, the price of our 
stock could decline. 

39 

 
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a 
timely basis could be impaired. 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and 
the rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Global Select Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, 
that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are 
required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow 
management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for 
that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may require us to incur substantial additional 
professional fees and internal costs to further expand our accounting and finance functions and expend significant 
management efforts. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a 
timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce 
timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we 
could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital 
appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment. 

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or 
paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the 
development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our existing credit facility preclude, and the terms of 
any future debt agreements is likely to similarly preclude, us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if 
any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends 
should not purchase our common stock 

Item 1B.        Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.          Properties 

Prior to the Transaction on July 1, 2018, the Company owned and operated the ground campus, which is located on 

over 275 acres in the center of the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area, near downtown Phoenix. The on-campus 
facilities consisted of 10 classroom buildings and lecture halls, 21 residence halls, 6 parking garages, a 300-seat theater, 
a 29,000 square foot newly renovated library, a 55,000 square foot recreation center that has state of the art training 
facilities for our over 400 student-athletes and students, a 140,000 square foot/ 7,500 seat basketball and entertainment 
arena, a stadium that hosts NCAA men’s and women’s soccer as well as several club sports programs and newly 
renovated baseball and softball stadiums.  Additionally, the Company operated the off-campus Grand Canyon University 
Championship Golf Course and the Grand Canyon University Hotel. 

After the Transaction on July 1, 2018, the Company retained a four story 325,000 square foot administrative 
building, which includes office space for approximately 2,700 employees, and a parking garage in close proximity to 
GCU’s ground campus. We constructed GCE’s retained facilities in 2016 and every aspect of the design was intended to 
maximize energy efficiency and minimize environmental impact.  Lighting load and related electricity usage is a major 
environmental drain for most office buildings and this is especially true in Arizona.  The Company’s office building is 
orientated with north/south exposure in order to minimize direct sun, and exterior courtyards were arranged to ensure 
summer shade thus creating outdoor areas that can be used throughout the year.  The design also utilized significant 
window glazing to allow for daylighting thus reducing the need for supplemental electrical lighting.  As a result, the 
building is designed to use just .41 watts per square foot of electrical energy for lighting, which is half of what a typical 
environmentally efficient building uses.  Water usage is another environmental factor for office space that is magnified 
by the Arizona sun.  The Company’s office building utilizes a rooftop rain water collection system for irrigating the 
landscaping below, which reduces water consumption.  Additional environment-friendly design features include low 
VOC paints, use of recycled building materials, interior and exterior LED light bulbs, and implementation of an energy-

40 

 
efficient VRF mechanical system.  Overall, the Company’s office building is 60% more energy efficient than a standard 
office building. 

In addition to its owned facilities, the Company leases four office locations in California. The Company may add 

additional space in Arizona and in other states in the southwest U.S. to accommodate our growth plans in 2019 and 
beyond.  The Company works to maximize energy efficiency and minimize environmental impact in operating its leased 
facilities just as it does with its owned properties. 

Item 3.          Legal Proceedings 

From time to time, we are subject to ordinary and routine litigation incidental to our business. While the outcomes 
of these matters are uncertain, management does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a 
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

Item 4.          Mine Safety Disclosures 

None. 

41 

 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.          Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 

Market Information 

Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LOPE.” The holders of our common 
stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders. All shares of common stock rank 
equally as to voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no 
redemption or sinking fund provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and are not entitled to cumulative 
voting rights. 

Holders 

As of December 31, 2018, there were approximately 121 registered holders of record of common stock. A 

substantially greater number of holders of common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held 
of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. 

Dividends 

We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and do not 

anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans 

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is provided under Item 12, Security Ownership of 

Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, “Equity Compensation Plan 
Information,” which is incorporated herein by reference. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

Our Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase up to $175.0 million in aggregate of our common stock, 

from time to time, depending on market conditions and other considerations. The current expiration date on the 
repurchase authorization by our Board of Directors is December 31, 2019. Repurchases occur at our discretion. 
Repurchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to the applicable 
Securities and Exchange Commission rules. The amount and timing of future share repurchases, if any, will be made as 
market and business conditions warrant. Since the approval of our share repurchase plan, we have purchased 3.6 million 
shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $86.9 million, which are recorded at cost in the accompanying 
December 31, 2018 consolidated balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2018, there 
remained $88.1 million available under our current share repurchase authorization. During the fourth quarter and 
the year ended December 31, 2018, GCE repurchased 52,784 and 91,202 shares of common stock, respectively, at an 
aggregate cost of $5.5 million and $9.6 million, respectively. 

42 

 
The following table sets forth our share repurchases of common stock and our share repurchases in lieu of taxes, 
which are not included in the repurchase plan totals as they were effected in conjunction with the vesting of restricted 
share awards, during each period in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018: 

Period 
Share Repurchases 
October 1, 2018 – October 31, 2018 
November 1, 2018 – November 30, 2018 
December 1, 2018 – December 31, 2018 
Total 
Tax Withholdings 
October 1, 2018 – October 31, 2018 
November 1, 2018 – November 30, 2018 
December 1, 2018 – December 31, 2018 
Total 

GCE Stock Performance 

  Average 

  Total Number of    Price Paid   
  Shares Purchased   Per Share 

      Total Number of 
   Maximum Dollar 
  Shares Purchased as   Value of Shares 
  That May Yet Be 
  Purchased Under
the Program 

Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

 —   $

 —   
 12,300   $ 117.24   
 40,484   $  99.51   
 52,784   $ 103.64   

 —   $   93,600,000 
 12,300   $   92,100,000 
 40,484   $   88,100,000 
 52,784   $   88,100,000 

 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

The following graph compares the cumulative total return of our common stock with the cumulative total returns of 

the S&P 500 Index and our education services peer group of nine companies that includes: 2U, Inc., Wiley Education 
Services, Pearson plc., CHEGG, Inc., Instructure Inc., Pluralsight Inc., Laureate Education, Inc., Strategic 
Education, Inc., and Adtalum Global Education, Inc. The graph also includes for the required transition year, our 2017 
selected education peer group of three companies that includes: American Public Education, Inc., Strategic 
Education, Inc. and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. This chart assumes that an investment of $100 was made in our common 
stock, in the index, and in the peer group on December 31, 2013 and that all dividends paid by us and such companies 
were reinvested, and tracks the relative performance of such investments through December 31, 2018. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
       
     
      
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
       
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
S&P 500 
2017 Peer Group 
2018 Peer Group 

     12/15 

     12/14 

      12/16 

      12/13 
     12/18 
    100.00     107.02   
 92.02     134.06     205.34     220.50 
    100.00     113.69     115.26     129.05     157.22     150.33 
 93.17     110.29 
    100.00     101.61   
 96.90 
 87.82   
 95.49   
    100.00   

 91.39   
 68.60   

 68.54   
 63.68   

     12/17 

The information contained in the performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with 
the SEC nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act 
or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

Item 6.       Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data 

The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with Item 8, 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, to fully understand the information presented below. The selected 
consolidated income statement data and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for the years ended December 31, 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018, 2017, and 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, and 2017, have been 
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are included herein. The selected 
consolidated income statement data and other data, excluding period end enrollment, for the years ended December 31, 
2015 and 2014, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, have been 
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are not included herein. Our historical 
results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future period. 

Year Ended December 31,  

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Income Statement Data: 
Service revenue 
University related revenue 
Net revenue 
Costs and expenses: 

Technology and academic services(1) 
Counseling services and support(1) 
Marketing and communication(1) 
General and administrative(1) 
University related expenses(1) 
Loss on Transaction 

Total costs and expenses 

Operating income 
Interest income on Secured Note 
Interest expense 
Investment interest and other 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per common share 

Basic 
Diluted 

Shares used in computing earnings per common share 

Basic 
Diluted 
Other Data: 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA(2) 
Period end enrollment(3) 
Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents, and investments 
Restricted cash, cash equivalents and investments 
Secured Note receivable 
Total assets(4) 
Notes payable (including short-term) 
Total stockholders’ equity 

  $  333,002   $

 —   $ 

 —   $

 —   $

 512,499  
 845,501  

 974,134  
 974,134  

 873,344  
 873,344  

   778,200  
   778,200  

 — 
   691,055 
   691,055 

 43,574  
 204,690  
 117,420  
 29,968  
 173,330  
 18,370  
 587,352  
 258,149  
 26,947  
 (1,536) 
 3,440  
 287,000  
 57,989  

 41,834  
 188,595  
 109,092  
 27,157  
 324,140  
 562  
 691,380  
 282,754  
 —  
 (2,169) 
 2,943  
 283,528  
 80,209  

  $  229,011   $  203,319   $ 

 39,101  
 175,045  
 98,592  
 28,079  
 294,188  
 1,136  
 636,141  
 237,203  
 —  
 (1,328) 
 249  
 236,124  
 87,610  

    33,802 
    36,648  
   156,385 
   164,746  
    73,575 
    84,773  
    25,254 
    26,707  
   221,065 
   253,263  
 159 
 1,702  
   510,240 
   567,839  
   180,815 
   210,361  
 — 
 —  
 (1,801)
 (1,248)  
 684 
 (106)  
   179,698 
   209,007  
    68,232 
    77,596  
 148,514   $ 131,411   $ 111,466 

  $
  $

 4.81   $
 4.73   $

 4.31   $ 
 4.22   $ 

 3.22   $
 3.15   $

 2.86   $
 2.78   $

 2.45 
 2.37 

 47,608  
 48,414  

 47,140  
 48,235  

 46,083  
 47,121  

    45,975  
    47,281  

    45,538 
    47,006 

 94,857   $  123,954   $ 
  $
  $
 54,228   $ 
 35,673   $
  $  274,052   $  245,122   $ 

 97,369  

 90,297  

 239,019   $ 218,301   $ 168,646 
 45,683   $  35,379   $  29,473 
 209,358   $ 177,235   $ 148,059 
    67,806 
    74,506  

 81,908  

 108,572   $ 106,400   $ 166,022 
  $  120,346   $  242,745   $ 
 84,931   $  75,384   $  67,840 
 94,534   $ 
  $
 61,667   $
  $  900,093   $
 — 
 —   $ 
  $ 1,324,017   $ 1,303,573   $  1,092,493   $ 891,982   $ 749,564 
 98,252   $  79,877   $  86,493 
 66,616   $ 
  $
 773,686   $ 610,251   $ 476,232 
  $ 1,213,597   $  985,951   $ 

 59,905   $

 —   $

 —   $

(1)  During the third quarter of 2018, the Company made changes in its presentation of operating expenses and 

reclassified prior periods to conform to the current presentation. This change is more fully described in Note 3 – 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements that are included in Item 8, 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. All years in the five (5) year table were reclassified to 
conform to the current presentation. 

(2)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income plus interest expense, less interest 

income and other gain (loss) recognized on investments, plus income tax expense, plus depreciation and 
amortization (but excluding depreciation and amortization included in university related expenses) (EBITDA), as 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
adjusted for (i) contributions to private Arizona school tuition organizations in lieu of the payment of state income 
taxes; (ii) loss on the Transaction; (iii) university related expenses; (iv) share-based compensation, (v) the revenue 
share rate on the Master Services Agreement, and (vi) one-time, unusual charges or gains, such as litigation and 
regulatory reserves, impairment charges and asset write-offs, and exit or lease termination costs. We have 
reclassified depreciation and amortization related to university assets and share-based compensation for former GCE 
employees that now work for GCU to university related expenses to provide comparability between periods. 

(3)  Enrollment represents individual students who attended a course during the last two months of the calendar quarter. 
(4)  During the first quarter of 2016, GCE made changes in its presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to 
comply with a new accounting standard. Accordingly, we reclassified the current deferred taxes to net against 
noncurrent deferred tax liabilities for all prior periods to conform to the current presentation. 

We present Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, because we consider it to be an important 

supplemental measure of our operating performance. We also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our 
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA, and our credit agreement requires us to comply with 
covenants that include performance metrics substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA. All of the adjustments made in 
our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items that management does not consider to be reflective of our 
core operating performance. Management considers our core operating performance to be that which can be affected by 
our managers in any particular period through their management of the resources that affect our underlying revenue and 
profit generating operations during that period and does not consider the items for which we make adjustments (as listed 
above) to be reflective of our core performance. 

We believe Adjusted EBITDA allows us to compare our current operating results with corresponding historical 

periods and with the operational performance of other companies in our industry because it does not give effect to 
potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting relative interest expense, including the impact 
of write-offs of deferred financing costs when companies refinance their indebtedness), tax positions (such as the impact 
on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses), the book amortization of intangibles 
(affecting relative amortization expense), and other items that we do not consider reflective of underlying operating 
performance. We also present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, 
investors, and other interested parties as a measure of performance. 

In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, investors should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to the 

adjustments described above. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our 
future results will be unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine, or non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA has 
limitations as an analytical tool in that, among other things, it does not reflect: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

cash expenditures for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; 

changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements; 

interest expense, or the cash required to replace assets that are being depreciated or amortized; and 

the impact on our reported results of earnings or charges resulting from the items for which we make 
adjustments to our EBITDA, as described above and set forth in the table below. 

In addition, other companies, including other companies in our industry, may calculate these measures differently 

than we do, limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, 
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating income, or any other performance 
measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of 
our liquidity. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and use Adjusted EBITDA 
only as a supplemental performance measure. For more information, see our consolidated financial statements and the 
notes to those consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

46 

 
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods indicated: 

2018 

Year Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

2014 

Net income 
Plus: interest expense 
Less: interest income on Secured Note 
Less: investment interest and other 
Plus: income tax expense 
Plus: depreciation and amortization(a) 
EBITDA, excluding university related depreciation 

and amortization 

Plus: contributions in lieu of state income taxes(b) 
Plus: loss on Transaction(c) 
Plus: university related expenses(d) 
Less: 40% of university related revenue(e) 
Plus: share-based compensation(f) 
Adjusted EBITDA 

  $   229,011   $  203,319   $  148,514   $   131,411   $  111,466 
 1,801 
 — 
 (684)
 68,232 
 11,502 

 1,536  
 (26,947) 
 (3,440) 
 57,989  
 15,571  

 1,328  
 —  
 (249) 
 87,610  
 12,510  

 2,169  
 —  
 (2,943) 
 80,209  
 15,612  

 1,248  
 —  
 106  
 77,596  
 11,479  

    273,720  
 3,718  
 18,370  
    173,330  
   (205,000) 
 9,914  

    192,317 
 2,750 
 159 
    221,065 
   (276,422)
 8,190 
  $   274,052   $  245,122   $  209,358   $   177,235   $  148,059 

    221,840  
 2,750  
 1,702  
    253,263  
   (311,280) 
 8,960  

    298,366  
 2,025  
 562  
    324,140  
   (389,654) 
 9,683  

    249,713  
 4,000  
 1,136  
    294,188  
   (349,338) 
 9,659  

(a)  Represents depreciation and amortization related to GCE assets. Depreciation and amortization amounts related to 

university assets have been reclassified to university related expenses. 

(b)  Represents contributions to various private Arizona school tuition organizations to assist with funding for education. 

In connection with such contributions made, we received a dollar-for-dollar state income tax credit, which resulted 
in a reduction in our effective income tax rate to 20.2%, 28.3% and 37.1% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. Had these contributions not been made, our effective tax rate would have been 21.2%, 
28.8% and 38.2%, for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Such contributions are viewed by our management to be 
made in lieu of payments of state income taxes and are therefore excluded from evaluation of our core operating 
performance. 

(c)  Represents costs incurred related to the Transaction.  Costs incurred prior to 2018 primarily represent legal costs.  

2018 amounts include legal and other third party expenses of $5.8 million, an asset impairment of $3.0 million, and 
$9.6 million for a deferred compensation plan for GCU employees that were formerly GCE employees (the 
“Transferred Employees”) and that held unvested restricted stock of GCE that was forfeited upon the Transaction in 
2018. 

(d)  Reflects costs that were transferred to GCU in the Transaction that are no longer incurred by GCE. Includes $3,523 

of costs related to the early termination of leased space in 2016. 

(e)  Reflects adjustment to reduce as reported university related revenue by 40% to reflect revenue share percentage of 

60% under the Master Services Agreement. 

(f)  Reflects share-based compensation expense related to GCE employees; amounts related to Transferred Employees 
that now work for the university were reclassified to university related expense to provide comparability between 
periods. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Item 7.      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes 
that appear in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. In addition to historical information, 
the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual 
results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or 
contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
particularly in Item 1A, Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements. 

Executive Overview 

Prior to July 1, 2018, GCE owned operated the University, a comprehensive regionally accredited university that 
offers graduate and undergraduate degree programs, emphases and certificates across nine colleges both online and on 
ground at its campus in Phoenix, Arizona, at leased facilities and at facilities owned by third party employers of its 
students. On July 1, 2018, the Company sold the University to GCU. As a result of this transaction, GCE became an 
educational services company focused on providing a full array of support services to institutions in the post-secondary 
education sector. GCE has developed significant technological solutions, infrastructure and operational processes to 
provide services to these institutions on a large scale. 

During the second half of 2018, GCE provided services to GCU, its sole services client during 2018, that included 
technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and communication services, and back 
office services such as accounting, reporting, tax, human resources, and procurement services. 

The Transaction 

On July 1, 2018, the Company consummated the Transaction with GCU. See Note 2 – The Transaction to 

Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of the Transaction. The results of operations discussed herein for 
periods prior to the Transaction reflect the Company’s operations prior to July 1, 2018 which consisted exclusively of 
the operations of the University.  Commencing July 1, 2018, the results of operations do not include the operations of 
GCU but rather reflect the operations of the Company as an education services provider as described below. 

Key Trends, Developments and Challenges 

The following circumstances and trends present opportunities, challenges and risks: 

Change in the Structure of Our Operations. 

As a result of the Transaction, various aspects of the Company’s operations changed in important ways. These 

changes include, but are not limited to, the following: 

•  The Company no longer owns and operates a regulated institution of higher education, but instead provides 
a bundle of services in support of university clients. While, prior to July 1, 2018, the Company had never 
operated as a third party service provider regulated by ED, all of the services that it provides to GCU under 
the Master Services Agreement and that it may in the future provide to other university clients are services 
that GCE had always provided internally in support of the University’s academic operations prior to the 
Transaction. As a result, while the Company has limited to no experience operating as a service provider to 
third parties, it believes that its significant investment in technological solutions, infrastructure and 
processes to provide superior service to students, its experience and expertise in these services areas, its 
experience providing such services at the scale required for GCU to continue to operate in a manner 
consistent with past practices, and the fact that it retained all of the assets and employees involved in the 
delivery of such services enables it to perform in the manner and to the service levels required under the 
Master Services Agreement and also positions the Company to engage additional university customers in 
the future. 

48 

 
•  GCU is a separate non-profit entity under the control of an independent board of trustees, none of whose 
members have ever served in a management or corporate board role at the Company. GCU’s board of 
trustees has adopted bylaws and a related conflict of interest policy that, among other things, (i) prevents 
any trustee of GCU from attending any meeting, or voting on any matter, as to which such trustee has a 
conflict of interest, (ii) establishes a special committee of independent trustees to oversee on behalf of GCU 
all matters related to the Master Services Agreement and GCU’s relationship with the Company, and 
(iii) prohibits any trustee from having any financial interest in, or role with, the Company. Accordingly, the 
Company’s relationship with GCU, both pursuant to the Master Services Agreement and operationally, is 
no longer as owner and operator, but as a third party service provider to an independent customer. While 
the Company believes that its relationship with GCU will remain strong, GCU’s board of trustees and 
management has fiduciary and other duties that require them to focus on the best interests of GCU and over 
time those interests could diverge from those of the Company. 

•  Mr. Brian E. Mueller has served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 2008 and the 

Chairman of the Board of the Company since 2017 and has also served as the President of the University 
since 2012. In connection with the Transaction, the Board of Directors of the Company and the board of 
trustees of GCU each independently determined that Mr. Mueller should retain those roles. Accordingly, 
Mr. Mueller remains the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and 
continues to serve as the President of GCU. As noted above, however, Mr. Mueller is prohibited from 
serving on the board of trustees of GCU. Aside from Mr. Mueller, no other employee of GCU or GCE has 
a dual role in both organizations. A structure has been put in place that prevents Mr. Mueller from 
participating in operational matters involving the Company and GCU, including with respect to the Master 
Services Agreement. 

•  As a result of the change in the structure of our operations, the risks associated with our business have 

changed. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors for a description of these risks. 

Acquisition of Orbis Education Services, LLC. On December 17, 2018, we entered into a definitive Agreement and 
Plan of Merger to acquire Orbis Education Services, LLC (“Orbis Education”). Orbis Education is an education services 
company that supports healthcare education programs for 17 universities across the United States. The closing of the 
Acquisition occurred on January 22, 2019 and, as a result of the Acquisition, GCE acquired all of the outstanding equity 
interests of Orbis Education for $365.8 million in cash (inclusive of closing date adjustments). The Company financed a 
portion of the purchase price through a consortium of banks led by its existing bank group through an amendment and 
restatement of its credit agreement. See Note 14 – Subsequent Event to Consolidated Financial Statements. The 
acquisition of Orbis Education is the first ever acquisition undertaken by GCE and provides to GCE the first university 
clients outside of GCU. 

Fiscal Year 2018 Highlights 

We achieved the following in 2018: 

Enrollment, Net Revenue, and Operating Income Growth. End of period enrollment at our client, GCU, 

increased 7.8% between December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 to 97,369 from 90,297. Our net revenue and 
operating income for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $845.5 million and $258.1 million, respectively, 
representing decreases of 13.2% and 8.7%, respectively, over the year ended December 31, 2017.  The reduction in our 
net revenue from 2017 to 2018 is driven by our transition from owning and operating a university to becoming an 
education services provider as of July 1, 2018.  As an education services provider to GCU, the Company receives, as 
service revenue, 60% of GCU’s tuition and fee revenue and no longer has university related revenue, thus resulting in 
the decrease from the prior period.  On a comparable basis, adjusted net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 
was $640.5 million, while adjusted net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $584.5 million.  For 
information on how we calculate as adjusted net revenue for comparison purposes, see “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Results of Operations.”  The 9.6% increase 
year over year in comparable revenue was primarily due to an increase in GCU’s enrollment and, to a lesser extent, an 
increase in GCU’s ancillary revenue (e.g. from housing, food, etc.) resulting from the increased traditional student 

49 

 
enrollment, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships. Operating income and operating margin, as 
adjusted for university related revenue and expenses, the Loss on Transaction, and the contributions made to private 
school tuition organizations in lieu of state income taxes of $3.7 million in 2018 and $2.0 million in 2017 was $248.6 
million and 38.8%, respectively in 2018 compared to $219.8 million and 37.6%, respectively, in 2017.  The 13.1% 
increase in adjusted operating income year over year is driven by our ability to leverage our operating expenses across an 
increasing revenue base. 

Transition to Being a Service Provider.  As a result of the Transaction, the Company no longer owns and operates a 

regulated institution of higher education, but instead provides a bundle of services in support of university clients.  We 
successfully made the transition from being an owner operator to a services provider, as evidenced by GCU’s continued 
growth as well by our acquisition, following a competitive process, of Orbis Education.  As a result we now operate as 
an education services provider to 18 different nonprofit institutions of higher education. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial 
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. 
During the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. On an 
ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on 
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The 
results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are 
not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or 
conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements. 

We believe that the following critical accounting policies involve our more significant judgments and estimates used 

in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements: 

Revenue recognition. Starting July 1, 2018, we generated all of our service revenue through the Master Services 
Agreement, pursuant to which we provide identified technology and academic services, counseling services and support, 
marketing and communication services, and several back office services to GCU in return for 60% of GCU’s tuition and 
fee revenue. 

Our contract with GCU has an initial 15 year term, subject to renewal options, although GCU has the right to 
terminate the Master Services Agreement early after the later of seven (7) years or the payment in full of the Secured 
Note. Our contract has a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide the identified services are not distinct 
within the context of the Master Services Agreement. The single performance obligation is delivered as our client 
receives and consumes benefits, which occurs ratably over the service period. Service revenue is recognized over time 
using the output method of measuring progress towards complete satisfaction of the single performance obligation. The 
output method provides a faithful depiction of the performance toward complete satisfaction of the performance 
obligation and can be tied to the time elapsed which is consumed evenly over the month and is a direct measurement of 
the value provided to our client. The service fees received from our client over the term of the agreement are variable in 
nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students attending GCU and revenues generated from those 
students during the service period. The service fees are calculated and settled monthly with GCU, resulting in a 
settlement duration of less than one year. There are no refunds or return rights under the Master Services Agreement. 

Prior to the Transaction on July 1, 2018, net revenues consisted primarily of tuition, net of scholarships, and fees 
derived from courses taught by the University online, on ground, and at facilities it leased or those of employers, as well 
as from related educational resources that the University provided to its students, such as access to online materials. 
Tuition revenue is recognized by the University pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. A contract is entered 
into with a student and covered a course or semester. Revenue recognition occurs once a student starts attending a 
course. The University also charges online students an upfront learning management fee, which is deferred and 
recognized over the initial course. The Company had no costs that were capitalized to obtain or to fulfill a contract with 

50 

 
 
a customer. Ancillary revenues included housing and fee revenues that were recognized over the period the services 
were provided and also included revenues from sales and services such as food and beverage, merchandise, hotel, golf 
and arena events that were recognized as sales occurred or services were performed as these services were transferred at 
a point in time. Sales tax collected from students is excluded from net revenues. Collected but unremitted sales tax was 
included as an accrued liability in our consolidated balance sheet. 

Long-Lived Assets (other than goodwill). We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets for impairment 

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. 
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to 
undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, 
the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair 
value of the assets. 

Income taxes. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets 
and liabilities for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or 
tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the 
temporary differences are expect to be realized. Our deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability 
assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that 
more likely than not will be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent upon achievement of 
projected future taxable income offset by deferred tax liabilities. We evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax assets 
annually. Since becoming a taxable corporation in August 2005, we have not recorded any valuation allowances to date 
on our deferred income tax assets. We evaluate and account for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. 
Recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position based solely on its technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to 
be sustained upon examination. Measurement determines the amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be 
realized upon the ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of the facts. Derecognition of a tax 
position that was previously recognized occurs when we determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-
than-not threshold of being sustained upon examination. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has reserved 
approximately $1,960 and $2,008, respectively, for uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties. 

Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods 

indicated. University related expenses and the loss on Transaction have been excluded from the table below: 

Costs and expenses 

Technology and academic services 
Counseling services and support 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 

Year Ended December 31,  

     2018       

2017       

2016    

 5.2 %   

    24.2   
    13.9   
 3.5   

 4.3 %  
 19.4   
 11.2   
 2.8   

 4.5 %
 20.0  
 11.3  
 3.2  

As reflected in the table above, the income statement data as a percentage of revenue is not comparable between 
periods. This is a result of a reduction in revenues associated with the Company transitioning to an education service 
provider as of July 1, 2018. As a result, the Company has also provided two additional tables to enhance comparability 
between periods by showing, on a comparable basis, the types of operating expenses the Company currently incurs as 
compared to prior to the Transaction. The Company has calculated 60% of university related revenues for periods prior 
to July 1, 2018, as adjusted “Non-GAAP” net revenue, which is the percentage of GCU’s tuition and fee revenue to 
which the Company is entitled under the Master Services Agreement. The percentages set forth below for periods prior 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
    
  
  
 
to July 1, 2018 have been derived by dividing the indicated expense by adjusted “Non-GAAP” net revenue. University 
related expenses and the loss on Transaction have been excluded from the table below: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 

2018 

2016 

As Adjusted “Non-GAAP” net revenue 

Service revenue 
University related revenue 
Net revenue 
60% of university related revenue 
Adjusted “Non-GAAP” net revenue 

 —   $ 

  $  333,002   $ 
   512,499  
   845,501  
   307,499  

 —  
   873,344  
   974,134  
   873,344  
   974,134  
   524,006  
   584,480  
  $  640,501   $  584,480   $  524,006  

As % of As Adjusted "Non-GAAP" Revenue 

Costs and expenses 

Technology and academic services 
Counseling services and support 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 

Year Ended December 31,  

     2018       

2017       

2016   

 6.8 %  
 32.0   
 18.3   
 4.7   

 7.2 %   
 32.3   
 18.7   
 4.6   

 7.5 %
 33.4  
 18.8  
 5.4  

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Service revenue and University related revenue. Our service revenue and university related revenue for the year 

ended December 31, 2018 was $333.0 million, and $512.5 million, respectively, as compared to university related 
revenues of $974.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.   Commencing July 1, 2018, the results of our 
operations no longer include the operations of the University but rather reflect the operations of the Company as a 
service/technology provider.  As a service provider to GCU, the Company receives, as service revenue, 60% of GCU’s 
tuition and fee revenue and no longer has university related revenue, thus resulting in the decrease from the prior period.  
60% of university related revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $584.5 million.  The sum of service 
revenue for the six months ended December 31, 2018 of $333.0 million and 60% of university related revenue for the six 
months ended June 30, 2018 of $307.5 million, totals $640.5 million.  The 9.6% increase year over year in as adjusted 
net revenue was primarily due to an increase in GCU’s enrollment and, to a lesser extent, an increase in GCU’s ancillary 
revenues (e.g. from housing, food, etc.) resulting from the increased traditional student enrollment, partially offset by an 
increase in institutional scholarships.  End-of-period enrollment at our client, GCU increased 7.8% between December 
31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 to 97,369. 

Technology and academic services. Our technology and academic services expenses for the year ended December 

31, 2018 were $43.6 million, an increase of $1.8 million, or 4.2%, as compared to technology and academic services 
expenses of $41.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases in 
employee compensation and related expenses including share-based compensation, and other expenses of $1.4 million 
and $0.4 million, respectively.  The increase in employee compensation and related expenses are primarily due to the 
increase in the number of staff needed to support our client, GCU, and their increased enrollment growth, tenure-based 
salary adjustments and an increase in benefit costs between years.  Our technical and academic services as a percentage 
of as adjusted net revenue decreased 0.4% to 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 7.2% for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 primarily due to our ability to leverage our technical and academic services expenses across an 
increasing revenue base partially offset by the planned reinvestment of a portion of our lower tax rate in increased 
employee compensation and benefit costs.   

Counseling services and support. Our counseling services and support expenses for the year ended December 31, 

2018 were $204.7 million, an increase of $16.1 million, or 8.5%, as compared to counseling services and support 
expenses of $188.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  This increase is primarily the result of increases in 
employee compensation and related expenses including share-based compensation, and other counseling services and 
support related expenses of $14.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively.  The increase in employee compensation and 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
related expenses is primarily due to increased headcount, tenure-based salary adjustments and an increase in benefit 
costs between years.  The increase in other expenses is primarily related to increased dues, fees and subscription, and 
travel expenses.   Our counseling services and support expenses as a percentage of as adjusted net revenue decreased 
0.3% to 32.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 32.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due 
to our ability to leverage our counseling services and support expenses across an increasing revenue base partially offset 
by increased benefit costs between years and the planned reinvestment of a portion of our lower tax rate in increased 
employee compensation and benefit costs. 

Marketing and communication. Our marketing and communication expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 

were $117.4 million, an increase of $8.3 million, or 7.6%, as compared to marketing and communication expenses of 
$109.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  This increase is primarily the result of increased advertising costs 
of $7.9 million, and other communication expenses of $0.4 million.  Our marketing and communication expenses as a 
percentage of as adjusted net revenue decreased by 0.4% to 18.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018, from 18.7% 
for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

General and administrative. Our general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were 

$30.0 million, an increase of $2.8 million, or 10.4%, as compared to general and administrative expenses of $27.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increases in employee compensation 
and related expenses including share-based compensation of $1.2 million partially offset by slight decrease in other 
general and administrative expenses of $0.1 million.  The increase in employee compensation and related expenses is 
primarily due to an increase in benefit costs between years.  In addition, contributions made in lieu of state income taxes 
to private school tuition organizations increased from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $3.7 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2018. We receive a dollar-for-dollar state income tax credit for these contributions.  
Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of as adjusted net revenue increased slightly to 4.7% for the 
year ended December 31, 2018, from 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to the increase in 
contributions made in lieu of state income taxes to private school tuition organizations and increased benefit costs, 
partially offset by our ability to leverage our general and administrative expenses across an increasing revenue base. 

University related expenses. Our university related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $173.3 
million, a decrease of $150.8 million, or 46.5%, as compared to university related expenses of $324.1 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. These expenses represent university related expense for activities that have now 
transferred to our client, GCU, and are not related to our current business activities as a service provider for educational 
institutions.  Include in this amount in 2018 is share-based compensation of $7.9 million related to the Company’s Board 
of Directors modifying the vesting condition for certain restricted stock awards for personnel who became employed by 
GCU as a result of the Transaction, and employer taxes of $0.2 million on such modification.  This amount was partially 
offset by reversals of employee related liabilities totaling $1.9 million that were not part of the transferred assets for the 
Transaction.      

  Loss on Transaction. Our loss on transaction expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $18.4 million 

due to third party transaction costs of $5.8 million and an asset impairment of $3.0 million for the year ended December 
31, 2018.  In addition, the Company transferred to GCU cash of $9.6 million to fund a deferred compensation plan for 
GCU employees that were formerly GCE employees and that held unvested restricted stock of GCE that was forfeited 
upon the Transaction.     

Interest income on Secured Note. Interest income on Secured Note for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $26.9 

million.  As a result of the Transaction with GCU on July 1, 2018, the Company recognizes interest income from its 
Secured Senior Note with GCU, earning interest at 6%, with monthly interest payments. 

Interest expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $1.5 million, a decrease of $0.7 
million, as compared to interest expense of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  This decrease was 
primarily due to increased capitalized interest during the first six months of 2018 due to our increase in capital spending 
during this period as compared to the prior year, lower debt balances and a decrease in the revolving line of credit fees, 
which we elected not to renew when the revolver expired in December 2017, partially offset by a higher interest rate on 
our borrowings.   

53 

 
Investment interest and other. Investment interest and other for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3.4 million, 

an increase of $0.5 million, as compared to $2.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2017.  This increase was 
primarily due to higher returns on investment balances as compared to returns on investment balances in the prior year.   

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $58.0 million, a decrease of 
$22.2 million, or 27.7%, as compared to income tax expense of $80.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. 
This decrease is the result of a decrease in our effective tax rate, partially offset by a slight increase in our taxable 
income between periods.   Our effective tax rate was 20.2% during the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 
28.3% during the year ended December 31, 2017.  The lower effective tax rate year over year is a result of the Tax Cuts 
and Jobs Act (the “Act”) which was signed into law on December 22, 2017.  The Act reduces the corporate federal tax 
rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate effective January 1, 2018.  The contributions in lieu of state income 
taxes to private school tuition organizations also contributed to the lower effective tax rate as our contributions increased 
from $2.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 to $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2018.  The 
Company received a dollar-for-dollar decrease in our state income taxes for these contributions, which are recorded as a 
general and administrative expense.  Additionally, the Company continues to receive the benefit of our adoption of the 
share-based compensation standard.  This standard required us to recognize excess tax benefits from share-based 
compensation awards that vested or settled in the consolidated income statement.  The favorable impact from excess tax 
benefits was $10.5 million and $16.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  The 
inclusion of excess tax benefits and deficiencies as a component of our income tax expense will increase volatility within 
our provision for income taxes as the amount of excess tax benefits or deficiencies from share-based compensation 
awards are dependent on our stock price at the date the restricted awards vest, our stock price on the date an option is 
exercised, and the quantity of options exercised.  Our restricted stock vests in March each year so the favorable benefit 
will primarily impact the first quarter each year.   

Net income. Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $229.0 million, an increase of $25.7 
million, as compared to $203.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, due to the factors discussed above. 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016  

University related revenue. Our university related revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 

$974.1 million, an increase of $100.8 million, or 11.5%, as compared to net revenue of $873.3 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to an increase in enrollment and, to a lesser extent, an increase in 
room and board and other student fees, partially offset by an increase in institutional scholarships. End-of-period 
enrollment increased 10.2% between December 31, 2017 and 2016. The increase in revenue per student between years is 
primarily due to an increase in ancillary revenues resulting from increased traditional student enrollment (e.g. housing, 
food, etc.) on GCU’s ground campus. When factoring in room, board and fees, the revenue per student is higher for these 
students than for working adult students.  

 Technology and academic services. Our technology and academic services expenses for the year ended 

December 31, 2017 were $41.8 million, an increase of $2.7 million, or 7.0%, as compared to technology and academic 
services expenses of $39.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to increases 
in employee compensation and related expenses including share-based compensation and other technology and academic 
related expenses of $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.  The increase in employee compensation and related 
expenses are primarily due to the increase in the number of staff needed to support our increased enrollment, tenure-
based salary adjustments and an increase in benefit costs between years.  The increase in other technology and academic 
related expenses is primarily due to higher technology licensing costs.  Our technical and academic services as a 
percentage of as adjusted net revenues decreased 0.3% to 7.2% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 7.5% for the 
year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to our ability to leverage our technical and academic services expenses 
across an increasing revenue base.   

Counseling services and support. Our counseling services and support expenses for the year ended December 31, 

2017 were $188.6 million, an increase of $13.6 million, or 7.7%, as compared to counseling services and support 
expenses of $175.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase is primarily the result of increases in 
employee compensation and related expenses including share-based compensation, and other counseling services and 

54 

 
support related expenses of $13.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.  The increase in employee compensation and 
related expenses is primarily due to increased headcount to support increased enrollment growth, tenure-based salary 
adjustments and an increase in benefit costs between years.  The increase in other expenses is primarily related to 
increases in dues, fees and subscription, and travel expenses.   Our counseling services and support expenses as a 
percentage of as adjusted net revenue decreased 1.1% to 32.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 33.4% for 
the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to our ability to leverage our counseling services and support expenses 
across an increasing revenue base.  

Marketing and communication. Our marketing and communication expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 

were $109.1 million, an increase of $10.5 million, or 10.7%, as compared to advertising expenses of $98.6 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to increased advertising expense between years. Our 
marketing and communication expenses as a percentage of as adjusted net revenue decreased slightly to 0.1% to 18.7% 
for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 18.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016.  

General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 
2017 were $27.2 million, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 3.3%, as compared to general and administrative expenses of 
$28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to lower contributions to private 
school tuition organizations in lieu of state income taxes from $4.0 million in 2016 to $2.0 million in 2017, partially 
offset by increases in employee compensation and related expenses including share-based compensation and increased 
other general and administrative expenses of $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The increase in employee 
compensation and related expenses are primarily due to the increase in the number of staff to support the increasing 
number of students attending the University, and increased benefit costs between years. Our general and administrative 
expenses as a percentage of as adjusted net revenue decreased by 0.8% to 4.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017, 
from 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to the lower contributions made in lieu of state income taxes and 
our ability to leverage our general and administrative expenses across an increasing revenue base.  

University related expenses. Our university related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $324.1 
million, an increase of $29.9 million, or 10.2%, as compared to university related expenses of $294.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2016.  These expenses represent university related expenses for activities that have now transferred 
to our client, GCU, and are not related to our current business activities as a service provider for educational institutions.  
Included in university related expenses in 2016, are lease termination costs of $3.5 million.  

Interest expense. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $2.2 million, an increase of 
$0.9 million, as compared to interest expense of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was 
primarily due to lower capitalized interest as compared to the prior year due to a decrease in capital spending in 2017, 
partially offset by the decrease in the average balance of our loan facility. 

Investment interest and other. Our investment interest and other for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 

$2.9 million, an increase of $2.7 million, as compared to investment interest and other of $0.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2016. Investment interest and other was higher in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to higher 
average investment balances between years. In addition, included in investment interest and other in 2017 is our 
proportional share of equity income of $0.7 million related to our former ownership interest in LoudCloud, and in 2016 
an impairment charge on an investment of $2.5 million was recorded lowering investment interest and other. 

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $80.2 million, a decrease of 

$7.4 million from $87.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our effective tax rate was 28.3% in 2017, a 
significant decrease from 37.1% in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the adoption of the share-based 
compensation standard in the first quarter of 2017, which resulted in the recognition of excess tax benefits of 
$16.5 million from share-based compensation awards that vested or settled in 2017 in the consolidated income 
statement. The inclusion of excess tax benefits and deficiencies as a component of our income tax expense will increase 
volatility within our provision for income taxes as the amount of excess tax benefits or deficiencies from share-based 
compensation awards are dependent on our stock price at the date the restricted awards vest, our stock price on the date 
an option is exercised, and the quantity of options exercised. In addition, as a result of the Act which was signed into law 
on December 22, 2017, we revalued our deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the reduced corporate federal tax rate. 

55 

 
The Act reduced the corporate federal tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate effective January 1, 2018. The 
Company’s net deferred tax liability was revalued as of December 22, 2017 and the Company recorded a $10.7 million 
income tax benefit related to the revaluation of its deferred tax assets and liabilities. These decreases were slightly offset 
by a decrease in the contributions made in lieu of state income taxes to private school tuition organizations. Our 
contributions decreased from $4.0 million in 2016 to $2.0 million in 2017. Excluding the revaluation of the deferred tax 
assets and liabilities recorded in 2017, our effective income tax rate would have been 32.1%. 

Net income. Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $203.3 million, an increase of 

$54.8 million, as compared to $148.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, due to the factors discussed above. 

Seasonality 

Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, 

principally due to changes in GCU’s enrollment. GCU’s enrollment varies as a result of new enrollments, graduations, 
and student attrition. The majority of GCU’s traditional ground students do not attend courses during the 
summer months (May through August), which historically has affected our results for our second and third fiscal 
quarters. Since a significant amount of our costs are fixed, the lower revenue resulting from the decreased student 
enrollment has historically contributed to lower operating margins during those periods. Partially offsetting this summer 
effect has been the sequential quarterly increase in enrollments that has occurred as a result of the traditional fall school 
start. This increase in enrollments also has occurred in the first quarter, corresponding to calendar year matriculation. In 
addition, GCU has historically experienced higher net revenue in the fourth quarter due to its overlap with the semester 
encompassing the traditional fall school start and in the first quarter due to its overlap with the first semester of the 
calendar year. A portion of our expenses do not vary proportionately with these fluctuations in net revenue, resulting in 
higher operating income in the first and fourth quarters relative to other quarters. We expect quarterly fluctuation in 
operating results to continue as a result of these seasonal patterns at GCU.  

Liquidity, Capital Resources, and Financial Position 

Liquidity. During 2018, we financed our operating activities and capital expenditures primarily through cash 
provided by operating activities. Our unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and investments were $120.3 million at 
December 31, 2018.  As of December 31, 2018, we had restricted cash and cash equivalents of $61.7 million, which 
represented cash collateral related to our credit agreement.  

On July 1, 2018, in conjunction with the Asset Purchase Agreement, we received a Secured Note from GCU for the 

purchase of the Transferred Assets in the initial principal amount of $870.1 million. The Secured Note contains 
customary commercial credit terms, including affirmative and negative covenants applicable to GCU, and provides that 
the Secured Note bears interest at an annual rate of 6.0%, has a maturity date of June 30, 2025, and is secured by all of 
the assets of GCU. The Secured Note provides for GCU to make interest only payments during the term, with all 
principal and accrued and unpaid interest due at maturity and also provides that we will loan additional amounts to GCU 
to fund approved capital expenditures during the first three years of the term. We provided funding of $30 million to 
GCU for the six months ended December 31, 2018 for GCU approved capital expenditures, increasing the principal 
balance of the Secured Note to $900.1 million as of December 31, 2018.  Funding expectations for future capital 
expenditures for GCU are $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

On January 22, 2019, we acquired Orbis Education Services, LLC for $365.8 million in cash (inclusive of closing 

date adjustments).  Concurrent with the closing of the acquisition, GCE entered into an amended and restated credit 
agreement dated January 22, 2019 and two related amendments dated January 31, 2019 and dated February 1, 2019, that 
together provided a credit facility of $325.0 million comprised of a term loan facility of $243.75 million and a revolving 
credit facility of $81.25 million, both with a five year maturity date.  The term facility is subject to quarterly 
amortization of principal, commencing with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, in equal installments of 5% of the 
principal amount of the term facility per quarter.  Both the term loan and revolver have monthly interest payments 
currently at 30 Day LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2%.  The proceeds of the term loan, together with $6.25 million 
drawn under the revolver and cash on hand, were used to pay the purchase price in the acquisition.  Concurrent with the 

56 

 
amendment of the credit agreement and acquisition, we repaid our term loan of $60.0 million and our cash collateral of 
$61.7 million was released. 

Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that our cash flow from operations and 

other sources of liquidity, including cash, and cash equivalents and our line of credit, will provide adequate funds for 
ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures, and working capital requirements for at least the next 24 months. 

Share Repurchase Program 

Our Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase up to $175.0 million in aggregate of common stock, from 
time to time, depending on market conditions and other considerations. The current expiration date on the repurchase 
authorization by our Board of Directors is December 31, 2019. Repurchases occur at our discretion. 

Under our share purchase authorization, we may purchase shares in the open market or in privately negotiated 
transactions, pursuant to the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission Rules. The amount and timing of future 
share repurchases, if any, will be made as market and business conditions warrant. 

Since the approval of the initial share repurchase plan, we have purchased 3.6 million shares of common stock at an 

aggregate cost of $86.9 million, which includes 91,302 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $9.6 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, there remains $88.1 million available under our 
current share repurchase authorization. 

Cash Flows 

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016 was $199.1 million, $304.9 million and $237.8 million, respectively. Cash provided by operations in 2018, 2017 
and 2016 resulted from our increased net income adjusted for non-cash charges for share-based compensation, 
depreciation and amortization, timing of income tax and employee related payments and changes in other working 
capital.  The significant decrease in net cash from operating activities between 2017 and 2018 is primarily due to the 
decrease in the Company’s liabilities between December 31, 2017 and 2018 due to the Transaction, the increase in the 
accounts receivable due from GCU as GCU pays us one month in arrears for the educational services we provide, the 
decrease in non-cash charges subsequent to the Transaction and the timing of income tax payments between years. 

Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $238.2 million, $152.1 million, and $216.0 million for 

the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 was primarily related to the Transaction, the purchase of short-term investments and capital 
expenditures partially offset by proceeds from the sale of investments.  The Transaction resulted in $131.6 million of 
cash being transferred to GCU at its close on July 1, 2018.   Proceeds from investment, net of purchases of short-term 
investments was $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.  Capital expenditures during the year ended 
December 31, 2018 of $94.5 million is primarily due to the amount spent on the University’s ground campus 
construction projects through the date of the Transaction as well as purchases of computer equipment, other internal use 
software projects and furniture and equipment to support our increasing employee headcount.  Cash used in investing 
activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 also includes $30.0 million in funding to GCU subsequent to the 
Transaction for GCU-approved campus construction projects such as residence halls, classroom buildings and parking 
garages.  Our cash used in investing activities for 2017 and 2016 is primarily related to the purchase of short-term 
investments and capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from the sale or maturity of short-term investments. 
Purchases of short-term investments, net of proceeds of these investments, was $28.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017. Proceeds from investment, net of purchases of short-term investments, was $20.8 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2016. Capital expenditures were $113.6 million and $178.3 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2017, and 2016, respectively. In 2017 and 2016, capital expenditures primarily consisted of University 
campus construction projects and land acquisitions adjacent to the campus to support the growing traditional student 
enrollment, as well as purchases of computer equipment, other internal use software projects and furniture and 
equipment to support our increasing employee headcount. Included in off-site development for 2017 and 2016 is $10.4 
million and $60.7 million, respectively, we spent to build a student services center and parking garage that is in close 

57 

 
proximity to the University’s ground campus. GCE employees that worked in two leased office buildings in the Phoenix 
area were relocated to this new building by the end of 2016.  

 Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $26.8 million and $35.7 million for the years ended 

December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.7 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2016.  During 2018, $15.2 million was used to purchase common shares withheld in lieu of income 
taxes resulting from the vesting of restricted share awards and $9.6 million was used to purchase treasury stock in 
accordance with the Company’s share repurchase program.  Principal payments on notes payable and capital leases 
totaled $6.7 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $4.6 million.  During 2017, $25.0 
million was used to repay our revolving line of credit, $1.5 million was used to purchase treasury stock in accordance 
with the Company’s share repurchase program and $9.8 million was used to purchase common shares withheld in lieu of 
income taxes resulting from restricted share awards while principal payments on notes payable and capital leases totaled 
$6.8 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $7.4 million.    During 2016, net cash 
provided by financing activities consisted of net proceeds received from the revolving line of credit of $25.0 million and 
proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $13.2 million, partially offset by $15.4 million used to purchase treasury 
stock in accordance with the Company’s share repurchase program and $4.7 million used to purchase common shares 
withheld in lieu of income taxes resulting from restricted share awards and principal payments on notes payable, 
repayments on our notes payable and capital lease payments totaled $7.2 million. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2018, the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual 

obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of the periods presented (in millions): 

Long term notes payable(1) 
Purchase obligations(2) 
Total contractual obligations 

  $ 

  $ 

 59.9   $ 
 11.6  
 71.5   $ 

 36.5   $ 
 7.5  
 44.0   $ 

 23.4   $ 
 3.9  
 27.3   $ 

Total 

      Less than        
1 Year 

  2-3 Years 

  4-5 Years 

Payments Due by Period 

     More than 

 —   $ 
 0.2  
 0.2   $ 

5 Years 
 — 
 — 
 — 

(1)  See Note 7, “Notes Payable and Other Noncurrent Liabilities,” to our consolidated financial statements, included in 
Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for a discussion of our long term notes payable 
and other obligations. 

(2)  Represents unconditional purchase obligations and other obligations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have had or are reasonably likely to have a material current 

or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, 
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. 

Non-GAAP Discussion 

In addition to our GAAP results, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our operating 
performance and as part of our compensation determinations. Adjusted EBITDA is not required by or presented in 
accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or any other 
performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as 
a measure of our liquidity. See Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data, for a discussion of our 
Adjusted EBITDA computation and reconciliation. For information on how we calculate as adjusted net revenue for 
comparison purposes, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operation – Results of Operations.” 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note 3 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data. 

Item 7A.         Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Impact of inflation. We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for the years 

ended December 31, 2018, 2017, or 2016. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse 
impact on our operating results and financial condition. 

Market risk. On February 27, 2013 we entered into an interest rate corridor to manage our 30-day LIBOR interest 

exposure from variable rate debt, which matures in December 2019. The corridor instrument, which hedges variable 
interest rate risk starting March 1, 2013 through December 20, 2019 with a notional amount of $60.0 million as of 
December 31, 2018, permits us to hedge our interest rate risk at several thresholds. Under this arrangement, in addition 
to the credit spread, we will pay variable interest rates based on the 30-day LIBOR rates monthly until that index reaches 
1.5%. If 30-day LIBOR is equal to 1.5% through 3.0%, we will continue to pay 1.5%. If the 30-day LIBOR exceeds 
3.0%, we will pay actual 30-day LIBOR less 1.5%. 

Except with respect to the foregoing, we have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity 

instruments. We invest cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term certificates of deposit and money 
market instruments, municipal bond portfolios, or municipal mutual funds at multiple financial institutions. 

Interest rate risk. We manage interest rate risk through the instruments noted above and by investing excess funds in 

cash equivalents, BBB or higher rated municipal bonds and municipal mutual funds bearing variable interest rates, 
which are tied to various market indices or individual bond coupon rates. Our future investment income may fall short of 
expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities before 
their maturity date that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2018, a 10% 
increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on our future earnings, fair values, or cash flows. 

59 

 
 
 
Item 8.        Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

     Page 

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the 
related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 20, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of 
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures 
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated 
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
February 20, 2019 

61 

 
 
 
(In thousands, except par value) 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash and cash equivalents 
Investments 
Accounts receivable, net 
Interest receivable on Secured Note 
Income tax receivable 
Other current assets 
Total current assets 
Property and equipment, net 
Secured Note receivable 
Prepaid royalties 
Goodwill 
Other assets 
Total assets 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

ASSETS: 

As of December 31,  

2018 

2017 

  $ 

 120,346   $ 
 61,667  
 69,002  
 46,830  
 4,650  
 8  
 6,963  
 309,466  
 111,039  
 900,093  
 —  
 2,941  
 478  

 153,474  
 94,534  
 89,271  
 10,908  
 —  
 2,086  
 24,589  
 374,862  
 922,284  
 —  
 2,763  
 2,941  
 723  
  $  1,324,017   $  1,303,573  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY: 

Current liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation and benefits 
Accrued liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Student deposits 
Deferred revenue 
Current portion of notes payable 

Total current liabilities 
Other noncurrent liabilities 
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent 
Notes payable, less current portion 
Total liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies 
Stockholders’ equity 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and 

outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 52,690 and 52,277 shares 
issued and 48,201 and 48,125 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively 

Treasury stock, at cost, 4,489 and 4,152 shares of common stock at December 31, 2018 

and 2017, respectively  
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

  $ 

 14,274   $ 
 15,427  
 8,907  
 5,442  
 —  
 —  
 36,468  
 80,518  
 —  
 6,465  
 23,437  
 110,420  

 29,139  
 23,173  
 20,757  
 16,182  
 95,298  
 46,895  
 6,691  
 238,135  
 1,200  
 18,362  
 59,925  
 317,622  

 —  

 —  

 527  

 523  

    (125,452)  
 256,806  
 (453)  
   1,082,169  
   1,213,597  

    (100,694) 
 232,670  
 (724) 
 854,176  
 985,951  
  $  1,324,017   $  1,303,573  

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Consolidated Income Statements 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Service revenue 
University related revenue 

Net revenue 
Costs and expenses: 

Technology and academic services 
Counseling services and support 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 
University related expenses 
Loss on Transaction 

Total costs and expenses 
Operating income 

Interest income on Secured Note 
Interest expense 
Investment interest and other 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per share: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 

2016 

2018 
  $  333,002   $ 
   512,499  
   845,501  

 —   $ 

 —  
   873,344  
   873,344  

   974,134  
   974,134  

 43,574  
   204,690  
   117,420  
 29,968  
   173,330  
 18,370  
   587,352  
   258,149  
 26,947  
 (1,536)  
 3,440  
   287,000  
 57,989  

 39,101  
   175,045  
 98,592  
 28,079  
   294,188  
 1,136  
   636,141  
   237,203  
 —  
 (1,328) 
 249  
   236,124  
 87,610  
  $  229,011   $  203,319   $  148,514  

 41,834  
   188,595  
   109,092  
 27,157  
   324,140  
 562  
   691,380  
   282,754  
 —  
 (2,169) 
 2,943  
   283,528  
 80,209  

Basic income per share 
Diluted income per share 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

  $ 
  $ 

 4.81   $ 
 4.73   $ 

 4.31   $ 
 4.22   $ 

 47,608  
 48,414  

 47,140  
 48,235  

 3.22  
 3.15  
 46,083  
 47,121  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

(In thousands) 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax: 

Unrealized gains (losses) on hedging derivatives, net of taxes of  $39, $6, and 
$94 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively 
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of taxes of $103, 

$108 and $168 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively  

Comprehensive income 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 
  $  229,011   $  203,319   $  148,514  

2016 

2018 

 118  

 11  

 (151) 

 309  

 (270) 
  $  229,438   $  203,505   $  148,093  

 175  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

s
s
o
L

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
i
-
d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

$

7
6
1
,
7
7
1

$

)
2
3
3
,
9
6
(

$

1
1
4
,
3

3
0
5

$

t
s
o
C

s
e
r
a
h
S

e
u

l
a
V
r
a
P

k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

.
c
n
I

,

n
o
i
t
a
c
u
d
E
n
o
y
n
a
C
d
n
a
r
G

y
t
i
u
q
E

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
I
(

1
5
2
,
0
1
6

3
9
0
,
8
4
1

)
7
6
3
,
5
1
(

l
a
t
o
T

—

1
8
5
,
7

1
2
9
,
9

7
0
2
,
3
1

$

2
0
4
,
2
0
5

4
1
5
,
8
4
1

$

)
9
8
4
(

)
1
2
4
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3
7
2
,
2
1

8
9
1
,
3
1

1
2
9
,
9

—

—

—

—

)
5
9
6
,
4
(

)
7
6
3
,
5
1
(

9

—

6
1
4

—

—

4
1
1

6
8
6
,
3
7
7

6
1
9
,
0
5
6

)
0
1
9
(

9
5
5
,
2
1
2

)
4
9
3
,
9
8
(

0
5
9
,
3

—

)
0
1
5
,
1
(

5
0
5
,
3
0
2

—

8
9
8
,
2

2
7
3
,
7

—

—

—

—

)
9
5
(

9
1
3
,
3
0
2

—

6
8
1

—

—

—

—

1
5
9
,
5
8
9

6
7
1
,
4
5
8

)
4
2
7
(

)
4
7
1
,
1
(

8
3
4
,
9
2
2

—

)
6
0
6
,
9
(

—

6
5
3
,
4

2
3
6
,
4

—

—

—

—

6
5
1

)
4
7
1
,
1
(

1
1
0
,
9
2
2

—

7
2
4

)
6
5
1
(

—

—

—

—

9
5

—

—

—

6
6
3
,
7

6
8
6
,
2
1

0
7
6
,
2
3
2

—

—

—

—

—

0
3
6
,
4

6
0
5
,
9
1

—

—

—

)
0
1
5
,
1
(

—

)
0
9
7
,
9
(

)
4
9
6
,
0
0
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

)
6
0
6
,
9
(

)
2
5
1
,
5
1
(

—

—

7
1

4
3

—

1
5
1

2
5
1
,
4

—

—

—

1
9

5
9

—

1
5
1

—

—

—

3

9

—

5
1
5

—

—

—

—

2

6

3
2
5

—

—

—

—

—

2

2

—

—

—

5
7
2

6
4
9

—

8
8
2
,
0
5

s
e
r
a
h
S

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t

r
o
f
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

5
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

d
e
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

s
e
r
a
h
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

f
o

e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
t

s
s
e
c
x
E

7
7
2
,
2
5

7
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

—

—

—

—

—

3
6
1

0
5
2

s
e
x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n

,
s
t
n
e
m
e
c
n
u
o
n
o
r
p
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
a

e
h
t

m
o
r
f

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t

r
o
f
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

2
0
-
8
1
0
2
U
S
A
–

t
c
a
p
m

i

n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

d
e
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

s
e
r
a
h
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

9
0
5
,
1
5

6
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

—

—

—

—

2
9
1

6
7
5

s
e
x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n

,
s
t
n
e
m
e
c
n
u
o
n
o
r
p
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

f
o
n
o
i
t
p
o
d
a

e
h
t

m
o
r
f

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
t

r
o
f
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
C

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

65

d
e
t
i
e
f
r
o
f

s
e
r
a
h
s

d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

7
9
5
,
3
1
2
,
1

$

9
6
1
,
2
8
0
,
1

$

)
3
5
4
(

$

6
0
8
,
6
5
2

$

)
2
5
4
,
5
2
1
(

$

9
8
4
,
4

7
2
5

$

0
9
6
,
2
5

8
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f

d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

e
s
e
h
t

f
o

t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i

n
a

e
r
a

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
h
  T

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(In thousands) 
Cash flows provided by operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Share-based compensation 
Provision for bad debts 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Loss on transaction, net of costs and asset impairment 
Other, including fixed asset impairments 
Changes in assets and liabilities: 
Accounts receivable from GCU 
Accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Income taxes receivable/payable 
Deferred rent 
Deferred revenue 
Student deposits 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Cash flows used in investing activities: 

Capital expenditures 
Purchases of land and building improvements related to off-site development 
Disposition 
Funding to GCU at closing in excess of required capital 
Repayment of excess funds by GCU 
Funding to GCU for capital expenditures 
Proceeds received from note receivable 
Return of equity method investment 
Purchases of investments 
Proceeds from sale or maturity of investments 

Net cash used in investing activities 
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities: 

Principal payments on notes payable and capital lease obligations 
Debt issuance costs 
Net borrowings from revolving line of credit 
Repurchase of common shares including shares withheld in lieu of income taxes 
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 

Cash paid for interest 
Cash paid for income taxes 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities 

Sale transaction to GCU through Secured Note financing 
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable 
Reclassification of capitalized costs – adoption of ASC 606 
Reclassification of deferred revenue – adoption of ASC 606 
Reclassification of tax effect within accumulated other comprehensive income 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 

2016 

2018 

$ 

 229,011   

$ 

 203,319   

$ 

 148,514   

 19,508   
 8,669   
 35,673   
 (11,507) 
 12,605   
 2,101   

 (51,480) 
 (7,784) 
 1,553   
 (14,306) 
 (15,700) 
 (8,662) 
 (189) 
 6,881   
 (7,288) 
 199,085   

 (94,527) 
 (330) 
 (131,550) 
 (7,377) 
 7,377   
 (29,996) 
 —   
 —   
 (46,948) 
 65,116   
 (238,235) 

 (6,719) 
 —   
 —   
 (24,758) 
 4,632   
 (26,845) 
 (65,995) 
 248,008   
 182,013   

 1,511   
 78,195   

 870,097   
 1,121   
 9,015   
 7,451   
 156   

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 12,688   
 18,478   
 54,228   
 (5,160) 
 —   
 3,883   

 —   
 (19,848) 
 (2,399) 
 5,378   
 3,079   
 16,048   
 (369) 
 6,156   
 9,417   
 304,898   

 (113,586) 
 (10,368) 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 685   
 (94,054) 
 65,259   
 (152,064) 

 (6,805) 
—   
 (25,000) 
 (11,300) 
 7,372   
 (35,733) 
 117,101   
 130,907   
 248,008   

 2,252   
 69,606   

—   
 6,682   
—   
—   
—   

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 12,276   
 18,639   
 45,683   
 8,432   
—   
 1,161   

—   
 (20,598) 
 (1,715) 
 (4,793) 
 6,743   
 11,892   
 (475) 
 2,863   
 9,139   
 237,761   

 (178,292) 
 (60,727) 
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 501   
 1,749   
 (49,157) 
 69,925   
 (216,001) 

 (7,224) 
 (194) 
 25,000   
 (20,062) 
 13,207   
 10,727   
 32,487   
 98,420   
 130,907   

 1,220   
 66,206   

—   
 7,746   
—   
—   
—   

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
 
     
 
      
 
     
 
 
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
  
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
 
 
  
     
  
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

1. Nature of Business 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “GCE”) is a publicly traded 
education services company. GCE provides a full array of support services in the post-secondary education sector and 
has developed significant technological solutions, infrastructure and operational processes to provide service in these 
areas on a large scale.  GCE currently provides services to Grand Canyon University, an Arizona non-profit corporation 
(“GCU”), its client, that include technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and 
communication services, and several back office services such as accounting, reporting, tax, human resources, and 
procurement services. On July 1, 2018 the Company consummated a transaction that impacted the nature of our 
business. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a full description of this transaction.  The Company’s 
wholly-owned subsidiaries were historically used to facilitate expansion of the university campus prior to the 
transaction. 

GCU owns and operates a comprehensive regionally accredited university (the “University”) that offers over 240 

graduate and undergraduate degree programs, emphases and certificates across nine colleges both online and on ground 
at its over 262 acre campus in Phoenix, Arizona, at leased facilities and at facilities owned by third party employers. 

GCE was formed in Delaware in November 2003 as a limited liability company, under the name Significant 
Education, LLC, for the purchase of acquiring the assets of the University from a non-profit foundation on February 2, 
2004. On August 24, 2005, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a corporation and changed its 
name to Significant Education, Inc. On May 9, 2008, the Company changed its name to Grand Canyon Education, Inc.  

2. The Transaction 

Asset Purchase Agreement and Related Agreements 

On July 1, 2018, the Company consummated an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with 
GCU (formerly known as Gazelle University).  Prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Asset 
Purchase Agreement (the “Transaction”), the Company operated the University. 

Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement: 

•  The Company transferred to GCU the real property and improvements comprising the University campus 
as well as tangible and intangible academic and related operations and assets related to the University (the 
“Transferred Assets”), and GCU assumed liabilities related to the Transferred Assets. Accordingly, GCU 
now owns and operates the University. The Asset Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, 
warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities. 

•  The final purchase price that GCU paid for the Transferred Assets at closing (and after giving effect to a 
post-closing adjustment as provided in the Asset Purchase Agreement) was $870,097. The final purchase 
price was equal to the book value of the tangible Transferred Assets as of July 1, 2018, plus $1.00 for the 
intangible Transferred Assets. 

•  GCU paid the purchase price for the Transferred Assets by issuing to the Company a senior secured note 
(the “Secured Note”) that is governed by a credit agreement between the Company and GCU (the “Credit 
Agreement”). The Credit Agreement contains customary commercial credit terms, including affirmative 
and negative covenants applicable to GCU, and provides that the Secured Note bears interest at an annual 
rate of 6.0%, has a maturity date of June 30, 2025, and is secured by all of the assets of GCU. The Secured 
Note provides for GCU to make interest only payments during the term, with all principal and accrued and 
unpaid interest due at maturity and also provides that the Company will loan additional amounts to GCU to 
fund approved capital expenditures during the first three years of the term on the terms set forth therein. 

67 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

• 

In connection with the closing of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and GCU entered into a 
long-term master services agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company 
provides identified technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and 
communication services, and several back office services to GCU in return for 60% of GCU’s tuition and 
fee revenue. The Master Services Agreement has an initial term of fifteen (15) years, subject to renewal 
options, although GCU has the right to terminate the Master Services Agreement early after the later of 
seven (7) years or the payment in full of the Secured Note. If GCU were to terminate the Master Services 
Agreement early, then GCU would be required to pay the Company a termination fee equal to one-
hundred percent (100%) of the fees paid in the trailing twelve (12) month period. If the Master Services 
Agreement were not renewed after the initial fifteen (15) year term, GCU would be required to pay the 
Company a non-renewal fee equal to fifty percent (50%) of the fees paid in the trailing twelve (12) month 
period. 

As a result of the Transaction, effective July 1, 2018, various aspects of the Company’s operations changed in 
important ways. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – 
Change in the Structure of Our Operations.” 

Disposed Assets, previously Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale 

The Company received Board approval to consummate the Transaction on June 28, 2018, and completed the 

Transaction on July 1, 2018. As a result, the Company determined that it had met the accounting requirements to classify 
the assets and liabilities to be transferred in the Transaction as assets and liabilities held for sale as of June 30, 2018. The 
assets and liabilities held for sale were sold as part of the Transaction on July 1, 2018. Accordingly, the following 
balances were transferred to GCU as of July 1, 2018: 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,093 
Other assets 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $166,066 
Total assets held for sale, current 

Accrued and other liabilities  
Student deposits 
Deferred revenue 
Note payable  
Total liabilities held for sale, current 

     $   97,443 
 9,780 
 7,677 
    870,097 
  $  984,997 

  $ 

 5,025 
 88,010 
 46,325 
 79 
  $  139,439 

The Company received a Secured Note for the Transferred Assets.  The Company also transferred cash equal to 
$34,107 representing a working capital adjustment as part of the closing.  Except for identified liabilities assumed by 
GCU, GCE retained responsibility for all liabilities of the business arising from pre-closing operations.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2018 the Company had a loss of $18,370, included in Loss on Transaction due to transaction costs 
of $5,765, which includes both disposition and acquisition related transaction costs, and an asset impairment of $3,037.  
In addition, the Company transferred to GCU cash of $9,568 to fund a deferred compensation plan for GCU employees 
that were formerly GCE employees (the “Transferred Employees”) and that held unvested restricted stock of GCE that 
was forfeited upon the Transaction.  Included in the university related expenses for the three months ended September 
30, 2018 is $7,880 of share-based compensation expense resulting from the modification and vesting of previously 
issued restricted stock grants held by Transferred Employees, employer tax expense of $191 related to the share-based 
compensation modification, net of reversals of employee related liabilities that were not part of the Transferred Assets 
for the Transaction of $1,502. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Variable Interest Entity and Related Party Considerations 

ASC 810-10-15-17 provides scope exceptions to the variable interest entity analysis that include a not-for profit 
entity carve out. GCU is not a related party to the Company in accordance with ASC Topic 850. The following factors 
were considered: 

•  Since GCU is a non-profit corporation, the Company has no ownership interest or voting rights in GCU. 

•  GCU is a separate non-profit entity under the control of an independent board of trustees, none of whose 
members have ever served in a management or corporate board role at the Company. GCU’s board of 
trustees has adopted bylaws and a related conflict of interest policy that, among other things, (i) prevents 
any trustee of GCU from attending any meeting, or voting on any matter, as to which such trustee has a 
conflict of interest, (ii) establishes a special committee of independent trustees to oversee on behalf of GCU 
all matters related to the Master Services Agreement and GCU’s relationship with the Company, and 
(iii) prohibits any trustee from having any financial interest in, or role with, the Company. Accordingly, the 
Company’s relationship with GCU, both pursuant to the Master Services Agreement and operationally, is 
no longer as owner and operator, but as a third party service provider to an independent customer. While 
the Company believes that its relationship with GCU will remain strong, GCU’s board of trustees and 
management will have fiduciary and other duties that will require them to focus on the best interests of 
GCU and over time those interests could diverge from those of the Company. 

•  Mr. Brian E. Mueller has served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 2008 and the 

Chairman of the Board of the Company since 2017 and has also served as the President of the University 
since 2012. In connection with the Transaction, the Board of Directors of the Company and the board of 
trustees of GCU each independently determined that Mr. Mueller should retain those roles. Accordingly, 
Mr. Mueller remains the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and 
continues to serve as the President of GCU. As noted above, however, Mr. Mueller is prohibited from 
serving on the board of trustees of GCU. Aside from Mr. Mueller, no other employee of GCU or GCE has 
a dual role in both organizations. A structure has been put in place that prevents Mr. Mueller from 
participating in operational matters involving the Company and GCU, including with respect to the Master 
Services Agreement. 

•  The terms of the Master Services Agreement vest in GCU and its board of trustees full authority over 

decision making related to the day-to-day operations of GCU, including, without limitation, (i) selecting, 
hiring and firing its personnel, (ii) selecting and adopting academic programs and courses, (iii) establishing 
admission standards and admitting students, (iv) overseeing instruction, (v) setting credit and student 
performance requirements, (vi) determining graduation requirements, and (vii) conferring degrees. Per the 
terms of the MSA, GCE has no authority over GCU’s day-to-day operations. 

• 

If GCU were to default under the Credit Agreement, the Company would be able to pursue assets of GCU, 
which are pledged as collateral for the Secured Note. However, the Company would not become the owner 
or operator of GCU. 

•  There is no parent entity and subsidiary relationship between the Company and GCU. 

•  The Company and GCU both engaged their own outside corporate counsel, outside regulatory counsel, and 

financial advisors to represent each party’s interest during the Transaction. 

69 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement 

The Company is a party to a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, and other 
lenders, dated December 21, 2012 and amended as of January 15, 2016. Effective July 1, 2018, the Company and the 
lenders amended the credit agreement (the “Amendment”). Under the terms of the Amendment, (a) the lenders released 
the collateral securing the Company’s obligations under the credit agreement in order to enable the Company to 
consummate the Asset Purchase Agreement described above and modified certain financial and regulatory covenants to 
reflect the transactions described above, including the fact that the Company no longer operates a regulated educational 
institution, and (b) the Company (i) provided to the Administrative Agent cash collateral securing its remaining 
obligations under the credit agreement until such time as the Transaction has been approved by the ED (the “ED”), and 
(ii) agreed to collaterally assign its rights under the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Secured Note and the Master 
Services Agreement. The amount that is considered cash collateral is included as restricted cash on the consolidated 
balance sheet. The credit agreement, as amended by the Amendment, contains standard covenants, including covenants 
that, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional debt or make certain investments and that 
require the Company to maintain a certain financial condition.  Refer to Note 14 for subsequent event related to the 
credit agreement. 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. 

Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 

principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company invests a portion of its cash in excess of current operating requirements in short term certificates of 

deposit and money market instruments. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of 
three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents 

A significant portion of the Company’s university related revenue was received from students who participated in 
government financial aid and assistance programs. Prior to July 1, 2018, restricted cash and cash equivalents represented 
amounts received from the federal and state governments under various student aid grant and loan programs, such as 
Title IV. The Company received these funds subsequent to the completion of the authorization and disbursement process 
and held them for the benefit of the student. ED requires Title IV funds collected in advance of student billings to be 
restricted until the course begins. Prior to the Transaction, the Company recorded all of these amounts as a current asset 
in restricted cash and cash equivalents. The majority of these funds remained as restricted for an average of 60 to 
90 days from the date of receipt. At the closing of the Transaction all restricted cash and cash equivalents were 
transferred to GCU.  Restricted cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2018 represents the cash collateral on the 
credit agreement. 

70 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Investments 

The Company considers its investments in municipal bonds, mutual funds, municipal securities, certificates of 
deposit and commercial paper as available-for-sale securities. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, 
determined using Level 1 and Level 2 of the hierarchy of valuation inputs, with the use of quoted market prices and 
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as 
a separate component of other comprehensive income. Unrealized losses considered to be other-than-temporary are 
recognized currently in earnings. Amortization of premiums, accretion of discounts, interest and dividend income and 
realized gains and losses are included in interest and other income. At December 31, 2018, the Company transferred its 
investments from available-for-sale to trading, due to the Company's decision to liquidate all investments to fund a 
significant business combination, that occurred in the first quarter of 2019.  See Note 14 for further discussion on the 
subsequent event. As a result of the transfer to trading, the Company recorded a loss of $372 in investment interest and 
other for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the 
straight-line method. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that materially extend the 
useful life of an asset are capitalized. Construction in progress represents items not yet placed in service and are not 
depreciated. The Company capitalizes interest using its interest rates on the specific borrowings used to finance the 
improvements, which approximated 3.7% in 2018, 2.8% in 2017, and 2.2% in 2016. Interest cost capitalized and 
incurred in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 are as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,  

Interest incurred 
Interest capitalized 
Interest expense 

      2016 

      2017 
      2018 
  $  2,292   $  2,656   $  2,538 
   1,210 
  $  1,536   $  2,169   $  1,328 

 487  

 756  

Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Furniture and 

fixtures, computer equipment, and vehicles generally have estimated useful lives of ten, four, and five years, 
respectively. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their lease term or their useful life. Land 
improvements and buildings are depreciated over lives ranging from 10 to 40 years. 

Internally Developed Technology 

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to internal-use software, primarily consisting of direct labor 
associated with creating the software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary 
project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and 
certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation or operation stage (all costs are expensed as 
incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of design, coding, integration, and testing 
of the software developed. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the 
application development stage and the period over which we expect to benefit from the use of that software. Once the 
software is placed in service, these costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally 
three years. These assets are a component of our property and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheet. 

Leases 

The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the 
Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. In addition, many 
of the lease agreements contain renewal options and tenant improvement allowances. When such items are included in a 
lease agreement, the Company records a deferred liability on the consolidated balance sheet and records the rent expense 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

evenly over the term of the lease. Leasehold improvements are included as investing activities and are included as 
additions to property, plant and equipment. For leases with renewal options, the Company records rent expense and 
amortizes the leasehold improvement on a straight-line basis over the initial non-cancelable lease term unless it intends 
to exercise the renewal option. Once it extends the renewal option, the Company amortizes any tenant improvement 
allowances over the extended lease period as well as the leasehold improvement asset (unless the extended lease term is 
longer than the economic life of the asset). The Company expenses any additional payments under its operating leases 
for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as incurred. 

Other Assets 

The Company developed our online delivery platform with an affiliated entity and put this platform into full 

production in 2011. The Company has prepaid perpetual license fees and source code rights for the software developed, 
and has prepaid maintenance and service fees. Included in current other assets is the amount that will be amortized in the 
next twelve month cycle for maintenance and service fees and included in property and equipment is the amount that 
will be amortized over fifteen years for the perpetual licenses. 

Long-Lived Assets 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets for impairment, other than goodwill, whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability 
of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net 
cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be 
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. 

Prepaid Royalty 

In connection with its February 2004 acquisition of the assets of the University from a non-profit foundation, the 
Company recorded a future royalty payment obligation that was included in the Prepaid Royalty in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheet, which was being amortized over a 20 year period. This asset was to be expensed over the 
periods that online education revenues were earned. At the completion of the Transaction on July 1, 2018, the remaining 
prepaid royalty assets were deemed impaired and $3,037 was expensed and included in Loss on Transaction in the 
consolidated income statement. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired, including identified 
intangible assets. Goodwill is tested annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment. The 
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has issued guidance that permits an entity to first assess qualitative 
factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The Company 
performed its annual goodwill impairment test, by performing a qualitative assessment. Following this assessment, the 
Company determined that it is more likely than not that its fair value exceeds its carrying amount. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for share-based payment awards made to employees 
and directors. The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards is based on the market price of its common stock 
on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock grants is expensed over the vesting 
period using the straight-line method for Company employees and the Company’s board of directors. Starting January 1, 
2017 with the adoption of the share-based compensation accounting standard, the Company made an accounting policy 
election to account for forfeitures as they occur, prior to 2017 these forfeitures were estimated and reported net of the 
expense. 

72 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Derivatives and Hedging 

Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities and re-

measured at fair value at each reporting date. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the 
gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in 
the same period or period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative 
representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in current earnings. 

Derivative financial instruments enable the Company to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The Company 
does not engage in any derivative instrument trading activity. Credit risk associated with the Company’s derivatives is 
limited to the risk that a derivative counterparty will not perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. Exposure 
to counterparty credit risk is considered low because these agreements have been entered into with institutions with Aa 
or higher credit ratings, and they are expected to perform fully under the terms of the agreements. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued compensation and 

benefits and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value based on the liquidity or the short-term maturities of these 
instruments. The carrying value of Secured Note receivable, non-current approximates fair value as the Secured 
Note resulted from the Transaction and was negotiated at fair market value. The carrying value of notes payable 
approximate fair value based on its variable rate index. Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value, 
determined using Level 2 of the hierarchy of valuation inputs as defined in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification 
(“Codification”), with the use of inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability. See Note 9, 
Derivative Instruments. 

The fair value of investments, primarily municipal securities, were determined using Level 2 of the hierarchy of 
valuation inputs, with the use of inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets. The unit of account 
used for valuation is the individual underlying security. The municipal securities are comprised of city and county bonds 
related to schools, water and sewer, utilities, transportation, healthcare and housing. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in 
which the temporary differences are expected to be realized. 

The Company applies a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of an 

uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes interest and penalties 
related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has reserved 
approximately $1,960 and $2,008, respectively, for uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties, which is 
classified within accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. 

The Company has deferred tax assets, which are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation 

allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be 
realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable 
income. 

73 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Commitments and Contingencies 

The Company accrues for a contingent obligation when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the 
amount is reasonably estimable. When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, the likelihood of any 
loss exposure is assessed. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss is estimable, the Company 
records a liability for the estimated loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the potential loss is not estimable, 
the Company will disclose the claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount of the 
potential loss could be material. Estimates that are particularly sensitive to future changes include tax, legal, and other 
regulatory matters, which are subject to change as events evolve, and as additional information becomes available during 
the administrative and litigation process. The Company expenses legal fees as incurred. 

Revenue Recognition 

University related revenue – prior to July 1, 2018 

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” using the modified 

retrospective method applied to all contracts. Prior to the Transaction on July 1, 2018, net revenues consisted primarily 
of tuition, net of scholarships, and fees derived from courses taught by the University online, on ground, and at facilities 
it leased or those of employers, as well as from related educational resources that the University provided to its students, 
such as access to online materials. Tuition revenue was recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. A 
contract was entered into with a student and covered a course or semester. Revenue recognition occurred once a student 
started attending a course. The University also charged online students an upfront learning management fee, which was 
deferred and recognized over the initial course. The University had no costs that were capitalized to obtain or to fulfill a 
contract with a customer. Ancillary revenues included housing and fee revenues that were recognized over the period the 
services were provided and also included revenues from sales and services such as food and beverage, merchandise, 
hotel, golf and arena events that were recognized as sales occurred or services were performed as these services were 
transferred at a point in time. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
the Company’s revenue was reduced by approximately $101,176, $196,334 and $179,230, respectively, as a result of 
scholarships that the Company offered to students. Sales tax collected from students is excluded from net revenues. 
Collected but unremitted sales tax is included as an accrued liability in our consolidated balance sheet. 

The following table presents our revenues disaggregated by the nature of transfer of services for the six months 

ended June 30, 2018: 

Tuition revenues 
Ancillary revenues (housing, meals, fees, golf, hotel, arena, other) 
Total revenues 
Scholarships 
Net Revenues 

    $  522,430 
 91,245 
    613,675 
   (101,176)
  $  512,499 

The Company’s receivables represented unconditional rights to consideration from its contracts with students; 
accordingly, students were not billed until they started attending a course and the revenue recognition process had 
commenced. Once a student had been invoiced, payment was due immediately. Included in each invoice to the student 
were all educational related items including tuition, net of scholarships, housing, educational materials, fees, etc. The 
Company did not have any contract assets. The Company’s contract liabilities were reported as deferred revenue and 
student deposits in the consolidated balance sheets. Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represented the 
excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the 
consolidated income statement and were reflected as current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 
The Company’s education programs had starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the 
end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs was not yet earned. The majority of the University’s 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

traditional ground students did not attend courses during the summer months (May through August), which affected our 
results for our second and third fiscal quarters. 

The Company had identified a performance obligation associated with the provision of its educational instruction 
and other educational services, housing services, and other academic related services and used the output measure for 
recognition as the period of time over which the services were provided to our students. The Company had identified 
performance obligations related to its hotel, golf course, restaurants, sale of branded promotional items and other 
ancillary activities and recognized revenue at the point in time goods or services were provided to its customers. The 
Company maintained an institutional tuition refund policy, which provided for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded if 
a student withdrew during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory 
refund policies, which overrode the Company’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdrew at a time when only 
a portion, or none of the tuition was refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company 
continued to recognize the tuition that was not refunded pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. The Company 
did not record revenue on amounts that may be refunded. However, for students that had taken out financial aid to pay 
their tuition and for which a return of such money to ED under Title IV was required as a result of his or her withdrawal, 
the Company reassessed collectability for these students each quarter for the estimated revenue that will be returned and 
recognized the revenue in future periods when payment was received. The Company had elected the short-term contract 
exemption with respect to its performance obligations under its contracts with students as all such contracts had original 
terms of less than one year. 

Service revenue commenced July 1, 2018 

Starting July 1, 2018, the Company generates all of its revenue through the Master Services Agreement, pursuant to 

which the Company provides identified technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing 
and communication services, and several back office services to GCU in return for 60% of GCU’s tuition and fee 
revenue. Effective July 1, 2018, the Company applied “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” applied to our Master 
Service Agreement, our only revenue-producing contract, as an education service provider. 

The Company’s contract with GCU has an initial 15 year term, subject to renewal options, although GCU has the 

right to terminate the Master Services Agreement early after the later of seven (7) years or the payment in full of the 
Secured Note. Refer to Note 2 for further discussion on the fees associated with early termination or non-renewal by 
GCU. The Company’s contract has a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide the identified services are 
not distinct within the context of the Master Services Agreement. The single performance obligation is delivered as our 
client receives and consumes benefits, which occurs ratably over the service period. Service revenue is recognized over 
time using the output method of measuring progress towards complete satisfaction of the single performance obligation. 
The output method provides a faithful depiction of the performance toward complete satisfaction of the performance 
obligation and can be tied to the time elapsed which is consumed evenly over the month and is a direct measurement of 
the value provided to our client. The service fees received from our client over the term of the agreement are variable in 
nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students attending the University and revenues generated from 
those students during the service period. Due to the variable nature of the consideration over the life of the service 
arrangement, the Company considered forming an expectation of the variable consideration to be received over the 
service life of this one performance obligation. However, since the performance obligation represents a series of distinct 
services, the Company will recognize the variable consideration that becomes known and billable each month because 
these fees relate to the distinct service period (month) in which the fees are earned. The Company meets the criteria in 
the standard and will exercise the practical expedient and not disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price 
allocated to the single performance obligation that is unsatisfied as of the end of the reporting period. The Company does 
not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations because the directly allocable variable consideration is 
allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service that forms part of a single performance obligation. 
The service fees are calculated and settled monthly with GCU, resulting in a settlement duration of less than one year. 
There are no refunds or return rights under the Master Services Agreement. 

75 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

The Company’s receivables represent unconditional rights to consideration from our contract with GCU. Accounts 
receivable, net is stated at net realizable value, and the Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful 
accounts based on its evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. There are no unbilled revenue amounts 
included in our accounts receivable. There have been no amounts written off and no reserves established as of 
December 31, 2018. The Company receives service revenue payments monthly. The Company will continue to review 
and revise its allowance methodology based on historical collection experience and other information relevant to 
collectability. 

The Company does not have any contract assets or contract liabilities as the Company calculates the service fee and 

bills its client on the last day of each month. The Company has no costs that are capitalized to obtain or to fulfill a 
contract with a customer. 

Financial Statement Presentation 

On July 1, 2018 the Company consummated the Transaction, which impacted the nature of its business. See Note 2 
to our consolidated financial statements for a full description of the Transaction. GCE now provides services to GCU, its 
client, that include technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and communication 
services, and several back office services such as accounting, reporting, tax, human resources, and procurement services. 
The Company made changes in its presentation of operating expenses and reclassified prior periods to conform to the 
current presentation. The Company determined that these changes would provide more meaningful information as this 
new presentation provides transparency for costs that will be incurred as a service provider and costs that will not 
reoccur in the future as they are related to university expenses that were transferred to GCU in the Transaction. 

Technical and Academic Services 

Technical and academic services (previously primarily a component of instructional costs and services) consist 
primarily of costs related to ongoing maintenance of educational infrastructure, including online course delivery and 
management, student records, assessment, customer relations management and other internal administrative systems. 
This also includes costs to provide support for curriculum and new program development, support for faculty training 
and development, technical support and assistance with state compliance. This expense category includes salaries, 
benefits and share-based compensation, information technology costs, curriculum and new program development costs 
(which are expensed as incurred) and other costs associated with these support services. This category also includes an 
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services, 
primarily at the Company’s Phoenix, Arizona location. 

Counseling Services and Support 

Counseling services and support (previously primarily components of instructional costs and services and 

admissions advisory related expenses) consist primarily of costs including team-based counseling and other support to 
prospective and current students as well as financial aid processing. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and 
share-based compensation, and other costs such as dues, fees and subscriptions and travel costs. This category also 
includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these 
services, primarily at the Company’s Phoenix, Arizona location. 

Marketing and Communication 

Marketing and communication includes lead acquisition, digital communication strategies, brand identity 
advertising, media planning and strategy, video, data science and analysis, marketing to potential students and other 
promotional and communication services. This category was primarily from our historical captions of advertising and 
marketing and promotional. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation for 
marketing and communication personnel, brand advertising, marketing leads and other promotional and communication 

76 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

expenses. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable 
to the provision of these services, primarily at the Company’s Phoenix, Arizona location. Advertising costs are expensed 
as incurred. 

General and Administrative 

General and administrative expenses include salaries, benefits and share-based compensation of employees engaged 

in corporate management, finance, human resources, compliance, and other corporate functions. This category also 
includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these 
services, primarily at the Company’s Phoenix, Arizona location. 

University related expenses 

University related expenses (previously primarily instructional costs and services) represent the costs that were 

transferred to GCU in the Transaction and that are no longer incurred by the Company.  

We have reclassified our operating expenses for prior periods to conform to the above disaggregation and revisions 

to our presentation. There were no changes to total operating expenses or operating income as a result of these 
reclassifications. 

The following table presents our operating expenses as previously reported and as reclassified on our consolidated 

income statement for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

Costs and expenses: 

Technology and academic services 
Counseling services and support 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 
University related expenses 
Loss on transaction 
Instructional costs and services 
Admissions advisory and related 
Advertising 
Marketing and promotional 
Lease termination costs 
Total costs and expenses 

Lease termination costs 

For the year ended December 31,  

2017 

2017 

2016 

2016 

      As Reported 

      As Reclassified        As Reported 

      As Reclassified 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 43,759   
 —   
 —   
 410,840   
 128,544   
 98,608   
 9,629   
—  
 691,380   

 41,834   
 188,595   
 109,092   
 27,157   
 324,140   
 562   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—  
 691,380   

—   
—   
—   
 43,219   
—   
—   
 373,101   
 119,286   
 88,152   
 8,860   
 3,523  
 636,141   

 39,101 
 175,045 
 98,592 
 28,079 
 294,188 
 1,136 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
 636,141 

In July 2016, the Company notified a current landlord of its intent to vacate leased space by the end of the fourth 
quarter of 2016. As part of that notification, the Company was required to pay a termination fee to its landlord of $3,363 
which was recorded as an expense in the third quarter of 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had vacated the 
space, and expensed an additional $160 in the fourth quarter of 2016 related to the remaining amounts due under the 
lease net of remaining deferred rent. These amounts are included in university related expenses in our reclassified 
consolidated income statement. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Insurance/Self-Insurance 

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks, including claims related to 

employee health care, workers’ compensation, general liability, and business interruption. Liabilities associated with 
these risks are estimated based on, among other things, historical claims experience, severity factors, and other actuarial 
assumptions. The Company’s loss exposure related to self-insurance is limited by stop loss coverage on a per occurrence 
and aggregate basis. The Company regularly analyzes its reserves for incurred but not reported claims, and for reported 
but not paid claims related to self-funded insurance programs. While the Company believes reserves are adequate, 
significant judgment is involved in assessing these reserves such as assessing historical paid claims, average lags 
between the claims’ incurred date, reported dates and paid dates, and the frequency and severity of claims. There may be 
differences between actual settlement amounts and recorded reserves and any resulting adjustments are included in 
expense once a probable amount is known. 

Concentration of Credit Risk 

The Company believes the credit risk related to cash equivalents and investments is limited due to its adherence to 

an investment policy that required investments to have a minimum BBB rating, depending on the type of security, by 
one major rating agency at the time of purchase. All of the Company’s cash equivalents and investments as of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017 consist of investments rated BBB or higher by at least one rating agency. Additionally, the 
Company utilizes more than one financial institution to conduct initial and ongoing credit analysis on its investment 
portfolio to monitor and lower the potential impact of market risk associated with its cash equivalents and investment 
portfolio. The Company is also subject to credit risk for its accounts receivable balance. The Company has not 
experienced any losses on receivables to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company maintains an allowance 
for doubtful accounts, if needed. Our dependence on one customer subjects us to the risk that declines in our customer’s 
operations would result in a sustained reduction in revenues and interest income on Secured Note for the Company. 

Segment Information 

The Company operates as a single educational services company using a core infrastructure that serves the 
curriculum and educational delivery needs of its client, GCU. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer manages the 
Company’s operations as a whole and no expense or operating income information is generated or evaluated on any 
component level. 

Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in 2018 

In May 2014, the FASB issued “Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as amended.” The standard is a 

comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires revenue to be recognized in a manner to depict the transfer 
of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for 
those goods or services. The accounting guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing 
and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgements and 
changes in judgements and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The Company adopted 
this new standard on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method applied to all contracts. The adoption of 
this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or statement of 
cash flows. The Company elected the short-term contract exemption with respect to disclosures associated with its 
performance obligations as all performance obligations as of the end of any reporting period have original terms of less 
than a year. The cumulative effect for the Company upon adoption of this new standard was $1,174, net of tax. The 
adoption impact resulted from the removal of $9,015 of costs that were direct and incremental previously capitalized for 
online students, and the removal of deferred revenue from an upfront learning fee of $7,451. These fees are no longer 
capitalized and amortized over the average expected term of a student. The fee is now amortized over the first course for 
the online student. 

78 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

In January 2016, the FASB issued “Financial Instruments – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial 
Assets and Financial Liabilities.” The standard addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and 
disclosure of financial instruments. Most prominent among the amendments is the requirement for changes in the fair 
value of equity investments, with certain exceptions, to be recognized through net income rather than other 
comprehensive income (“OCI”). This standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the standard was effective for us 
as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
condition, results of operations or statement of cash flows. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued “Compensation – Stock Compensation – Scope of Modification Accounting.”  This 
standard provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an 
entity to apply modification accounting. This standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. 
Early adoption was permitted, including adoption in any interim period. Accordingly, the standard was adopted by us as 
of July 1, 2018. The vesting conditions for approximately 100 former GCE employees who became GCU employees 
upon the closing of the Transaction, were accelerated contingent upon the closing of the Transaction. As a result, the 
incremental share-based compensation expense from the modification on 82,027 restricted stock awards for the 
accelerated vesting date was $7,880 and is included in the university related expenses in the consolidated income 
statement. 

In February 2018, the FASB issued “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income.”  This standard allows 

a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting 
from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Elimination of the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act will 
improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users. This standard is effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including 
adoption in any interim period. Accordingly, the standard was adopted by us as of April 1, 2018. The adoption of this 
guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or statement of cash 
flows. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In February 2016, the FASB issued “Leases.”  The standard establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires 

a lessee to recognize a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with lease terms longer than 
12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense 
recognition in the income statement. This standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. Accordingly, the standard is effective for us on 
January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach. A modified retrospective transition approach is 
required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest 
comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company 
continues to evaluate the impact that the future adoption of this standard will have on our consolidated financial 
statements and we believe the adoption will slightly increase our assets and liabilities, and will increase our financial 
statement disclosures. 

In August 2017, the FASB issued “Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities.”  This standard 
targets improvements in the hedge relationship documentation, testing and disclosures for derivatives. This standard is 
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is 
permitted for fiscal years and interim period within those years, beginning in August 2017. Accordingly, the standard is 
effective for us on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s 
financial condition, results of operations or statement of cash flows. 

The Company has determined that no other recent accounting pronouncements apply to its operations or could 

otherwise have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

79 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

4. Investments 

The following is a summary of investments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. At December 31, 2018, the 

Company transferred its investments from available-for-sale classification to trading, due to the Company's decision to 
liquidate all investments to complete a significant business combination, that occurred in the first quarter of 2019.  See 
Note 14 for further discussion on the subsequent event. As a result of the transfer to trading, the Company recorded a 
loss of $372 in investment interest and other for the year ended December 31, 2018 and there was no unrealized gain or 
loss as of December 31, 2018. Prior to December 2018, the Company considered all investments as available for sale. 

As of December 31, 2018 

Municipal securities 

Cost 
  $   69,002   $ 

Gains 

  Adjusted 

      Gross 
  Unrealized 

      Gross 

      Estimated 

  Unrealized 

(Losses) 

Fair 
Value 

 —   $ 

 —   $   69,002 

Total investments 

  $   69,002   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $   69,002 

As of December 31, 2017 

Municipal securities 
Certificates of Deposit 

Cost 
  $   84,768   $ 
 4,915   $ 
  $ 

Gains 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

(Losses) 

  Estimated 
  Fair Value 
 (409)  $   84,359 
 4,912 

 (3)  $ 

  Adjusted 

      Gross 
  Unrealized 

      Gross 

  Unrealized 

Total investments 

  $   89,683   $ 

 —   $ 

 (412)  $   89,271 

The cash flows of municipal securities are backed by the issuing municipality’s credit worthiness. All municipal 

securities and certificates of deposit are due in one year or less as of December 31, 2018. For the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, the net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities were $0 and $255, net of taxes, 
respectively. 

5. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

     Balance at      
  Beginning of    Charged to   Deductions/ 
  Expense 

     Balance at
  End of 
  Transfers(1)(2)   Period 

Period 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable 
Year ended December 31, 2018 
Year ended December 31, 2017 
Year ended December 31, 2016 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 5,907   
 5,918   
 5,137   

 8,669   
 18,478   
 18,639   

 (14,576)   $ 
 — 
 (18,489)   $  5,907 
 (17,858)   $  5,918 

(1)  Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

(2)  $6,093 included in the deductions column for the year ended December 31, 2018, represents the allowance that was 

transferred to GCU with other educational assets and liabilities on July 1, 2018. See Note 2.  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

6. Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of the following: 

Land 
Land improvements 
Buildings 
Buildings and leasehold improvements 
Equipment under capital leases 
Computer equipment 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Internally developed software 
Other 
Construction in progress 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Property and equipment, net 

  $ 

As of December 31,  
2017 
2018 
 160,126  
 5,579   $ 
 25,630  
 2,242  
 595,384  
    51,409  
 117,460  
 9,581  
 5,937  
—  
 116,477  
    85,316  
 63,470  
 4,955  
 36,173  
    39,270  
 1,176  
—  
 32,390  
 2,376  
   1,154,223  
   200,728  
    (231,939) 
    (89,689) 
 922,284  
  $  111,039   $ 

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment, including assets under capital lease, 

totaled $ 35,525, $53,607, and $44,829 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 

7. Notes Payable and Other Noncurrent Liabilities 

In 2012, we entered into a new credit agreement, which increased our term loan to $100,000 with a maturity date of 

December 2019. Additionally, this facility, as amended in January 2016, provided a revolving line of credit in the 
amount of $150,000 through December 2017 to be utilized for working capital, capital expenditures, share repurchases 
and other general corporate purposes. The amendment to this facility increased the revolving line of credit from $50,000 
to $150,000. The revolver expired on December 31, 2017.  On July 1, 2018, we amended our credit agreement, which 
resulted in no change to our term loan maturity date of December 2019. Indebtedness under the credit facility is now 
secured by our remaining assets after giving effect to the Transaction, as well as cash collateral until such time as the 
Transaction has been approved by ED, and we agreed to collaterally assign our rights under the Asset Purchase 
Agreement, the Secured Note and the Master Services Agreement. Our lenders released their lien on the real estate 
collateral previously securing our obligations under the credit agreement in order to enable us to consummate the Asset 
Purchase Agreement. The credit agreement contains standard covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company’s 
ability to incur additional debt or make certain investments, and require the Company to achieve certain financial ratios 
and maintain certain financial condition. As of December 31, 2018, the Company is in compliance with its debt 
covenants. As a result of the refinancing of our credit agreement, that occurred in the first quarter of 2019, we have 
reclassified our current debt to reflect the principal payments due in 2019, and the remainder of our term loan balance 
would be repaid in 2020.  See Note 14 for further discussion on the subsequent event. 

Notes Payable 
Note payable, monthly payment of $556; interest at 30 day LIBOR plus 1.75% (4.10% at 

December 31, 2018) through December 31, 2019 
Annuities; quarterly payments of $34; interest at 10% 

Less: Current portion 

As of December 31,  
2018 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

 59,905   $ 
 —  
 59,905  
 36,468  
 23,437   $ 

 66,477 
 139 
 66,616 
 6,691 
 59,925 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
     
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

The annuities were transferred to GCU with other educational assets and liabilities on July 1, 2018.  See Note 2.  

Long-term deferred rent included in other noncurrent liabilities as of December 31, 2017 was $460.  

8. Commitments and Contingencies 

Leases 

Total rent expense and related taxes and operating expenses under operating leases for the years ended 

December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $ 827, $1,545, and $6,694, respectively. The majority of the Company’s leases 
were included in the educational assets and liabilities transferred to GCU on July 1, 2018. See Note 2. 

Legal Matters 

From time to time, the Company is party to various lawsuits, claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the 

ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. When the Company is aware of a claim or 
potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of 
the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable or the 
amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim if the 
likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved is material. With respect to the majority of 
pending litigation matters, the Company’s ultimate legal and financial responsibility, if any, cannot be estimated with 
certainty and, in most cases, any potential losses related to those matters are not considered probable. 

Upon resolution of any pending legal matters, the Company may incur charges in excess of presently established 
reserves. Management does not believe that any such charges would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Tax Reserves, Non-Income Tax Related 

From time to time the Company has exposure to various non-income tax related matters that arise in the ordinary 
course of business. At both December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has no reserve for tax matters where its ultimate 
exposure is considered probable and the potential loss can be reasonably estimated. 

9. Derivative Instruments 

On February 27, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate corridor to manage its 30 Day LIBOR interest 
exposure related to its variable rate debt. This instrument did not contain financing elements. The contractual terms of 
the Company’s derivative instrument have not been structured such that net payments made by one party in the earlier 
periods are to be subsequently returned by the counterparty in later periods of the derivative’s term. The Company’s 
derivative instrument has not been amended or modified since inception. The fair value of the interest rate corridor 
instrument as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $600 and $509, respectively, which is included in other assets. The 
fair value of the derivative instrument was determined using a hypothetical derivative transaction and Level 2 of the 
hierarchy of valuation inputs. This derivative instrument was originally designated as a cash flow hedge of variable rate 
debt obligations. The adjustments of $157, $17, and $245 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively, for the effective portion of the gain/loss on the derivative is included as a component of other 
comprehensive income, net of taxes. 

The interest rate corridor instrument reduces variable interest rate risk starting March 1, 2013 through December 20, 
2019 with a notional amount of $60,000 as of December 31, 2018. The corridor instrument’s terms permit the Company 
to hedge its interest rate risk at several thresholds; the Company pays variable interest monthly based on the 30-day 
LIBOR rates until that index reaches 1.5%. If 30-day LIBOR is equal to 1.5% through 3.0%, the Company pays 1.5%. If 

82 

  
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

30-day LIBOR exceeds 3.0%, the Company pays actual 30-day LIBOR less 1.5%. Therefore, the Company has hedged 
its exposure to future variable rate cash flows through December 20, 2019. 

As of December 31, 2018 no derivative ineffectiveness was identified. Any ineffectiveness in the Company’s 

derivative instrument designated as a hedge would be reported in interest expense in the income statement. At 
December 31, 2018, the Company expects to reclassify any gains or losses on derivative instruments from accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12 months as the derivative instrument expires in 
December 2019. 

10. Earnings Per Share 

Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the 
assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, consisting of stock options and restricted stock awards, for 
which the estimated fair value exceeds the exercise price, less shares which could have been purchased with the related 
proceeds, unless anti-dilutive. For employee equity awards, repurchased shares are also included for any unearned 
compensate ion adjusted for tax. The table below reflects the calculation of the weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding, on an as if converted basis, used in computing basic and diluted earnings per common share. 

Year Ended December 31,  
      2016 
2017 
2018 

Denominator: 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

    47,608     47,140     46,083  
 1,038  
    48,414     48,235     47,121  

 1,095   

 806   

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding excludes the incremental effect of unvested restricted stock and shares 
that would be issued upon the assumed exercise of stock options in accordance with the treasury stock method. For each 
of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, approximately 0, 2 and 344, respectively, of the Company’s 
stock options and restricted stock awards outstanding were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as 
their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. These options and restricted stock awards could be dilutive in the future. 

11. Equity Transactions 

Preferred Stock 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had 10,000 shares of authorized but unissued and undesignated 
preferred stock. The Company’s charter provides that the board of directors has authority to issue preferred stock, with 
voting powers, designations, preferences, and special rights, qualifications, limitation, or restrictions as permitted by law 
as determined by the board of directors, without stockholder approval. The board of directors may authorize the issuance 
of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the 
holders of the common stock. 

Treasury Stock 

The Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase up to $175,000 in aggregate of common stock, 

from time to time, depending on market conditions and other considerations. The expiration date on the repurchase 
authorization has been extended to December 31, 2019. Repurchases occur at the Company’s discretion. Repurchases 
may be made in the open market. or in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to the applicable Securities and 
Exchange Commission rules. The amount and timing of future share repurchases, if any, will be made as market and 
business conditions warrant. Since its approval of the share repurchase plan, the Company has purchased 3,600 shares of 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
  
     
     
    
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

common stock at an aggregate cost of $86,898, which are recorded at cost in the accompanying December 31, 2018 
consolidated balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity. During the year ended December 31, 2018 the 
Company repurchased 91 shares of common stock at an aggregate costs of $9,606. At December 31, 2018, there 
remained $88,102 available under its current share repurchase authorization. Shares repurchase in lieu of taxes are not 
included in the repurchase plan totals as they were approved in conjunction with the restricted share awards. 

12. Income Taxes 

The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between 

the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax 
purposes. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, 
net of deferred tax liabilities is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income. Based upon 
the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax 
assets are deductible, management believes it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will realize the benefits of these 
deductible differences. The Company has no valuation allowance at December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law. For businesses, the Act reduces 

the corporate federal tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate. The rate reduction took effect on January 1, 
2018. The Company concluded that the Act caused the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities to be revalued. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years 
in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted though income tax expense. The Company’s net deferred tax liability was 
revalued as of December 22, 2017. The Company recorded a $10.7 million income tax benefit related to the revaluation 
of its net deferred tax liabilities. Excluding this income tax benefit in 2017, our effective tax rate would have been 
32.1%. Due to the enactment date and complexities of the new tax law, the regulations may have not been fully 
interpreted by the federal and state taxing authorities, thus there may be additional impacts to the tax provision that may 
not have been included herein. 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 

2018 

2016 

  $  60,764   $  76,966   $ 64,006 
    4,831 
   68,837 

 8,732  
    69,496  

    8,589  
   85,555  

   (10,708) 
 (799) 
   (11,507) 
 —  

    7,961 
 891 
    8,852 
    9,921 
  $  57,989   $  80,209   $ 87,610 

    (6,189) 
 843  
    (5,346) 
 —  

Current: 

Federal 
State 

Deferred: 
Federal 
State 

Tax expense recorded as an increase of paid-in capital 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
       
       
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows: 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
State tax credits, net of federal effect 
Excess tax benefits 
Deferred tax revaluation (Federal Rate change) 
Nondeductible expenses 
Other 
Effective income tax rate 

Year Ended December 31,  

      2018       
2016    
    21.0 %    35.0 %     35.0 %

2017       

 4.0   
 (1.0)  
 (3.7)  
 —   
 0.4   
 (0.5)  

 3.2   
 (0.7)  
 (5.8)  
 (3.7)  
 —   
 0.3   

 3.2  
 (1.5) 
 —  
 —  
 0.2  
 0.2  

    20.2 %    28.3 %     37.1 %

Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities, included in Deferred income 

taxes, non-current on the consolidated balance sheets are as follows: 

As of December 31,  
2017 
2018 

Deferred tax assets: 

Share-based compensation 
Employee compensation 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Deferred tuition revenue 
Deferred scholarship 
Intangibles 
State taxes 
Other 

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liability: 

Property and equipment 
Goodwill 
Other 
Deferred tax liability 
Net deferred tax liability 

  $  3,030   $ 

 780  
—  
—  
—  
—  
 879  
 386  
 5,075  

 4,201 
 950 
 1,685 
 1,294 
 618 
 590 
 985 
 526 
    10,849 

   (10,778) 
 (762) 
—  
   (11,540) 

   (28,028)
 (762)
 (421)
   (29,211)
  $  (6,465)  $  (18,362)

The net deferred tax liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet is comprised of the following: 

Deferred income taxes, current 
Deferred income taxes, non-current 
Net deferred tax liability 

As of December 31,  
2017 
2018 
 1,871   $ 
 5,214 
    (23,576)
 (8,336) 
 (6,465)  $   (18,362)

  $ 

  $ 

The Company recognizes the impact of a tax position in its financial statements if that position is more-likely-than-
not to be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company discloses all unrecognized tax 
benefits, which includes the reserves recorded for uncertain tax positions on filed tax returns and the unrecognized 
portion of affirmative claims. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income 
tax expense. Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were not significant. 

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, in states with an income tax and in several local 

jurisdictions. The Company is currently under audit by various state taxing authorities. The Company does not anticipate 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
       
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

any material adjustments as a result of these audits. As of December 31, 2018, the earliest tax year still subject to 
examination for federal and state purposes is 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

13. Share-Based Compensation Plans 

Incentive Plans 

Prior to June 2017, the Company made grants of restricted stock and stock options under its 2008 Equity Incentive 
Plan (the “2008 Plan”). In January 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company approved, and at the Company’s 2017 
annual meeting of stockholders held on June 14, 2017, the Company’s stockholders adopted a 2017 Equity Incentive 
Plan (the “2017 Plan”) under which a maximum of 3 million shares may be granted. As of December 31, 2018, 1,910 
shares were available for grants under the 2017 Plan. All grants of equity incentives made after June 2017 have been 
made from the 2017 Plan. 

Restricted Stock 

During fiscal year 2018, 2017, and 2016, the Company granted 160, 188, and 264 shares of common stock, 

respectively, with a service vesting condition to certain of its executives, officers, faculty and employees. The restricted 
shares have voting rights and vest evenly at 20% over each of the next five years. Upon vesting, shares will be held in 
lieu of taxes equivalent to the statutory tax withholding required to be paid when the restricted stock vests. During 
the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company withheld 151, 151, and 114 shares of common stock 
in lieu of taxes at a cost of $15,152, $9,790, and $4,695, on the restricted stock vesting dates, respectively. During 2018, 
2017 and 2016, following the annual stockholders meeting, the Company granted 3, 4 and 11 shares of common stock to 
the non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The restricted shares granted to these directors have 
voting rights and vest on the earlier of (a) the one year anniversary of the date of grant or (b) immediately prior to the 
following year’s annual stockholders’ meeting. In conjunction with the Transaction, the Compensation Committee of the 
Company’s Board of Directors decided to modify the vesting condition for certain restricted stock awards for 
approximately 100 Transferred Employees who transferred employment from GCE to GCU, with the acceleration being 
contingent upon the closing of the Transaction on July 1, 2018. Refer to Note 2 for further discussion on the Transaction. 
As a result, the incremental share-based compensation expense from the modification on 82 restricted stock awards for 
the accelerated vesting date was $7,880 and is included in the university related expenses in the consolidated income 
statement. Additionally, the Company transferred cash to GCU totaling $9,568 to fund a deferred compensation plan in 
an amount equal to the value of the 86 shares forfeited by the Transferred Employees at the closing of the Transaction. 
This amount is included in the loss on transaction in the consolidated income statement. 

86 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

A summary of the activity related to restricted stock granted under the Company’s Incentive Plan is as follows: 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited, canceled or expired 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited, canceled or expired 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited, canceled or expired 

     Weighted Average 

  Total 
  Shares 
    1,056   $ 
 275   $ 
 (329)  $ 
 (9)  $ 

Grant Date 
  Fair Value per Share 
 34.30 
 44.46 
 30.56 
 37.94 

 993   $ 
 192   $ 
 (375)  $ 
 (34)  $ 

 776   $ 
 163   $ 
 (384)  $ 
 (95)  $ 

 38.32 
 70.44 
 32.46 
 44.51 

 49.16 
 92.34 
 65.57 
 71.60 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 

 460   $ 

 63.28 

As of December 31, 2018, there was approximately $20,376 of total unrecognized share-based compensation cost 

related to unvested restricted stock awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 
2.03 years. 

Stock Options 

No options were granted in 2018, 2017 and 2016. Prior to 2012, the Company granted time vested options to 

purchase shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant to employees. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

These time vested options vest ratably over a period of five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. A summary 
of the activity related to stock options granted under the Company’s Incentive Plan is as follows: 

Summary of Stock Options Outstanding 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited, canceled or expired 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited, canceled or expired 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited, canceled or expired 

    Weighted       Weighted 
  Average 
  Average 
  Exercise 
  Remaining 
  Price per    Contractual 
  Share 

  Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
  Term (Years)   Value ($)(1) 

  Total 
  Shares 
    2,220   $  14.71  
 —   
 —   $ 
 (946)  $  13.97   
 (2)  $  19.23   

    1,272   $  15.26  
 —   
 —   $ 
 (576)  $  12.79   
 (2)  $  16.35   

 —   $ 

 694   $  17.31  
 —   
 (250)  $  18.47   
 —   

 —   $ 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2018 

 444   $  16.66   
 444   $  16.66   

 1.95   $ 35,222 
 1.95   $ 35,222 

(1)  Aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of the Company’s closing stock price on December 31, 2018 ($96.14) 

in excess of the exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding or exercisable. 

Share-based Compensation 

Share-based Compensation Expense Assumptions – Restricted Stock Awards 

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for share-based payment awards made to employees 
and directors. The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards is based on the market price of its common stock 
on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock grants is expensed over the vesting 
period using the straight-line method for Company employees and the Company’s board of directors. Starting January 1, 
2017 with the adoption of the share-based compensation accounting standard, the Company made an accounting policy 
election to account for forfeitures as they occur, prior to 2017 these forfeitures were estimated and reported net of the 
expense. The restricted shares have voting rights. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
       
   
  
       
   
  
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
       
   
  
       
   
  
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
       
   
  
       
   
  
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

The table below outlines share-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 

2016 related to restricted stock and stock options granted: 

Technical and academic services 
Counseling support and services 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 
University related expenses 

2018 

2016 

2017 
  $   1,585   $  1,555   $  1,498  
    4,711  
    4,700  
 20  
 26  
    3,430  
    3,402  
    2,617  
    3,005  

 4,926  
 48  
    3,355  
    9,594  

Share-based compensation expense included in 

operating expenses 

Tax effect of share-based compensation 

Share-based compensation expense, net of tax 

   19,508  
    (4,877) 

   12,688  
   12,276  
    (4,910) 
    (5,075) 
  $  14,631   $  7,613   $  7,366  

401(k) Plan 

The Company has established a 401(k) Defined Contribution Benefit Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides eligible 
employees, upon date of hire, with an opportunity to make tax-deferred contributions into a long-term investment and 
savings program. All employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. The Plan allows eligible 
employees to contribute to the Plan subject to Internal Revenue Code restrictions and the Plan allows the Company to 
make discretionary matching contributions. The Company plans to make a matching contribution to the Plan of 
approximately $1,625 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company made discretionary matching contributions 
to the Plan of $2,837 and $1,920 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

14. Subsequent Event 

On December 17, 2018, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger to acquire Orbis 

Education Services, LLC (“Orbis Education”). Orbis Education is an education services company that supports 
healthcare education programs for 17 universities across the United States. The closing of the Merger occurred on 
January 22, 2019 and, as a result of the Merger, GCE acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Orbis Education 
for $365,834 in cash. The Company financed a portion of the purchase price through a consortium of banks led by our 
existing bank group, as described below. 

Senior Credit Facilities. Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, GCE entered into an amended and restated 

credit agreement, dated January 22, 2019, among GCE, Orbis Education, as guarantor, Bank of America, N.A. as 
administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, and the other lenders named therein (the “Credit 
Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $62,500 five-year senior secured revolving credit facility and a 
$187,500 five-year senior secured term loan facility (the “Senior Credit Facilities”).  Concurrent with the amendment of 
the credit agreement and acquisition, the Company repaid its term loan of $60.0 million and its cash collateral of $61.7 
million was released. 

The Senior Credit Facilities mature five years after the closing of the Senior Credit Facilities and the proceeds 

thereof were used to pay the consideration in connection with the Merger, to repay GCE’s and Orbis Education’s 
existing debt, and to pay the fees and expenses relating to the Merger and the financing transactions. The senior secured 
revolving credit facility is available for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions, working capital and 
the issuance of letters of credit. All borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility will be subject to the 
satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and compliance with representations and 
warranties. 

On January 31, 2019, GCE and the other parties to the Credit Agreement entered into a First Amendment (the “First 

Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement.  Under Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, GCE had the right, during the 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

period from January 22, 2019 to March 31, 2019 (or such later date as agreed by the administrative agent) to increase the 
principal amount of the term loan and the aggregate revolving commitments by up to $50,000, from an aggregate of 
$250,000 to up to an aggregate of $300,000 (subject to certain conditions).  Per the terms of the First Amendment, GCE 
was granted the right to increase the principal amount of the term loan and the aggregate revolving commitments by up 
to $75,000, from an aggregate of $250,000 to up to an aggregate of $325,000 (subject to certain other conditions). 

On February 1, 2019, GCE and the parties to the Credit Agreement entered into a First Incremental Facility 
Amendment (the “First Incremental Facility Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement.  Pursuant to the First Incremental 
Facility Amendment, GCE borrowed an incremental $56,250 principal amount of term loans and increased the aggregate 
revolving commitments by $18,750, thereby increasing the principal amount of the term loan borrowed to $243,750 and 
the principal amount of the aggregate revolving commitments to $81,250.  No other changes were made to the Credit 
Agreement. 

Repayment of Loans. GCE is required to repay the aggregate principal amount of all revolving loans outstanding by 
the maturity date. The term facility is subject to quarterly amortization of principal, commencing with the fiscal quarter 
ending June 30, 2019, in equal installments of 5% of the original principal amount of the term facility, which represents 
$12,188 per quarter. 

Interest and Fees. The interest rate per annum applicable to loans under the Senior Credit Facilities is LIBOR plus 

an applicable margin of 2.0% per annum or, at GCE’s option, the base rate plus an applicable margin of 0.75% per 
annum. LIBOR will be reset at the beginning of each selected interest period based on the LIBOR rate then in effect. The 
base rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the highest of (i) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 
0.50%, (ii) the prime lending rate announced from time to time by the administrative agent, and (iii) LIBOR (after taking 
account of any applicable floor) applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.25%. If LIBOR or the base rate is 
below zero, then such rate will be equal to zero plus the applicable margin. 

Prepayments. Voluntary prepayments of the term loan and the revolving loans and voluntary reductions in the 
unused commitments are permitted in whole or in part, in minimum amounts as set forth in the Credit Agreement 
governing the Senior Credit Facilities, with prior notice but without premium or penalty. 

Collateral and Guarantees. The obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of the 

present and after acquired assets of each of GCE and any subsidiary guarantors (excluding owned and leased real 
property and certain other assets) (the “Collateral”) including, (a) a perfected first priority pledge of all equity interests 
of each domestic direct, wholly owned material restricted subsidiary held by GCE, and (b) a perfected first priority 
security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of GCE and any subsidiary guarantors (excluding 
owned and leased real property and certain other assets but including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, general 
intangibles, intellectual property and the proceeds of the foregoing). Subject to certain exceptions, the Senior Credit 
Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by GCE and its material domestic subsidiaries. 

Covenants and Other Matters. The Credit Agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities contains certain 
covenants that, among other things, limit GCE’s ability, and the ability of certain of its subsidiaries, to incur additional 
indebtedness; sell assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies; pay dividends or repurchase or redeem 
capital stock; make certain investments; issue capital stock of subsidiaries; incur liens; prepay, redeem or repurchase 
subordinated debt; and enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates. The Credit Agreement governing the Senior 
Credit Facilities also requires GCE, together with its subsidiaries, to comply with certain financial covenants, including a 
consolidated leverage ratio, a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, and a consolidated tangible net worth test. 

Events of default under the Credit Agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities include customary events such 

as a cross-default provision with respect to other material debt and upon a change of control (as defined therein).  In 
addition, an event of default under the Credit Agreement occurs if there is an event of default under GCE’s loan 
agreement with GCU or if the services agreement between GCE and GCU is terminated. 

90 

Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Security Agreement. In connection with the entry into the Credit Agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities, 

GCE, the subsidiary guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, entered into an amended and 
restated security and pledge agreement, dated as of January 22, 2019 (the “Security Agreement”), pursuant to which 
GCE and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto granted a security interest in the Collateral to the administrative agent 
as collateral for the Senior Credit Facilities. 

15. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) 

The following table summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for 2018 and 2017 and should be read 

in conjunction with other information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

2018 

Service revenue 
University related revenue 
Net revenue 
Costs and expenses: 

Technology and academic services 
Counseling services and support 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 
University related expenses 
Loss on transaction 

Total costs and expenses 
Operating income 
Interest income on Secured Note 
Interest expense 
Investment interest and other 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per share: 
Basic income per share(1) 
Diluted income per share(1) 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

 —   $ 

    First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter
 177,548 
  $ 
— 
 177,548 

    275,681  
    275,681  

 —  
 155,454  

 236,818  
 236,818  

 —   $   155,454   $ 

 10,697  
 50,747  
 28,527  
 7,419  
 87,649  
 550  
    185,589  
 90,092  
 —  
 (346) 
 981  
 90,727  
 17,046  
 73,681   $ 

  $ 

 10,678  
 50,838  
 30,095  
 5,762  
 79,517  
 1,440  
 178,330  
 58,488  
 —  
 (57) 
 1,567  
 59,998  
 13,960  
 46,038   $ 

 11,101  
 51,116  
 31,546  
 10,092  
 6,569  
 15,610  
 126,034  
 29,420  
 13,248  
 (558) 
 371  
 42,481  
 8,720  
 33,761   $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 1.55   $ 
 1.52   $ 

 0.97   $ 
 0.95   $ 

 0.71   $ 
 0.70   $ 

 47,432  
 48,397  

 47,604  
 48,411  

 47,682  
 48,422  

 11,098 
 51,989 
 27,252 
 6,695 
 (405)
 770 
 97,399 
 80,149 
 13,699 
 (575)
 521 
 93,794 
 18,263 
 75,531 

 1.58 
 1.56 
 47,708 
 48,422 

(1)  The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual income per share due to rounding. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

2017 

Service revenue 
University related revenue 
Net revenue 
Costs and expenses: 

Technology and academic services 
Counseling services and support 
Marketing and communication 
General and administrative 
University related expenses 
Loss on Transaction 

Total costs and expenses 
Operating income 
Interest expense 
Investment interest and other 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per share: 
Basic income per share(1) 
Diluted income per share(1) 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

 —   $ 

    First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter
 — 
 —   $ 
  $ 
 271,418 
 271,418 

    248,206  
    248,206  

 236,209  
 236,209  

 218,301  
 218,301  

 —   $ 

 10,381  
 46,312  
 27,309  
 7,033  
 80,543  
 —  
    171,578  
 76,628  
 (580) 
 2  
 76,050  
 20,138  
 55,912   $ 

  $ 

 10,220  
 45,970  
 27,426  
 5,806  
 73,791  
 —  
 163,213  
 55,088  
 (495) 
 739  
 55,332  
 15,485  
 39,847   $ 

 10,494  
 46,100  
 28,130  
 8,343  
 83,450  
 —  
 176,517  
 59,692  
 (567) 
 1,445  
 60,570  
 21,266  
 39,304   $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 1.20   $ 
 1.16   $ 

 0.85   $ 
 0.83   $ 

 0.83   $ 
 0.81   $ 

 46,748  
 48,070  

 47,151  
 48,192  

 47,316  
 48,292  

 10,739 
 50,213 
 26,227 
 5,975 
 86,356 
 562 
 180,072 
 91,346 
 (527)
 757 
 91,576 
 23,320 
 68,256 

 1.44 
 1.41 
 47,342 
 48,382 

(1)  The sum of quarterly income per share may not equal annual income per share due to rounding. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.      Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required 

to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the 
specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer 
(“Principal Executive Officer”) and Chief Financial Officer (“Principal Financial Officer”), as appropriate, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We have established a Disclosure Committee, consisting of certain 
members of management, to assist in this evaluation. Our Disclosure Committee meets on a quarterly basis and more 
often if necessary. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and 

Principal Financial Officer, an evaluation was performed on the effectiveness of the design and operation of our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act), as 
of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, our management, including the Principal 
Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
as of December 31, 2018. 

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act. This Disclosure Controls and 
Procedures section includes information concerning management’s evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures 
referred to in those certifications and, as such, should be read in conjunction with the certifications of our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as 
such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

(i)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 

dispositions of our assets; 

(ii)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and 

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 

disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitation, our internal control systems and procedures may not prevent or detect 

misstatements. An internal control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control 
systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, 
have been detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that 

93 

controls may become inadequate because of changes in condition, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and 
procedures may deteriorate. 

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 

December 31, 2018, utilizing the criteria described in the “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The objective of this assessment was to 
determine whether our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018. Based on its 
assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
is effective. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 
has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their audit report which 
is included herein. 

94 

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company 
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in 
the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial 
statements), and our report dated February 20, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial 
statements. 

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing 
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also 
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately 
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

Phoenix, Arizona 
February 20, 2019 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

95 

 
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 

2018 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.      Other Information 

We have a policy governing transaction in our securities by directors, officers, employees and others which 
permits these individuals to enter into trading plans complying with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. Generally, under these trading plans, the individual relinquishes control over the transactions once the 
trading plan is put into place. Accordingly, sales under these plans may occur at any time, including possibly before, 
simultaneously with, or immediately after significant events involving our company. 

We anticipate that, as permitted by Rule 10b5-1 and our policy governing transactions in our securities, some or 
all of our directors, officers and employees may establish or terminate trading plans in the future. We intend to disclose 
the names of executive officers and directors who establish or terminate a trading plan in compliance with Rule 10b5-1 
and the requirements of our policy governing transactions in our securities in our future quarterly and annual reports on 
Form 10-Q and 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We undertake no obligation, however, to 
update or review the information provided herein, including for revision or termination of an established trading plan, 
other than in such quarterly and annual reports. 

Item 10.       Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

Information relating to our Board of Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance required by this 

item appears in the sections entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters” and “Proposal No. 1: Election of 
Directors” in our 2019 proxy statement, to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2018) and such 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Our employees must act ethically at all times and in accordance with the policies in our Code of Business Conduct 

and Ethics. We require full compliance with this policy from all designated employees including our Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. We publish the policy, and any amendments or waivers 
to the policy, in the Corporate Governance section of our website located at www.gce.com/ Investor Relations/Corporate 
Governance. 

The charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee are also available in the Corporate Governance section of our website located at www.gce.com/Investor 
Relations/Corporate Governance. 

Item 11.       Executive Compensation 

Information relating to this item appears in the section entitled “Executive Compensation” in our 2019 proxy 
statement, to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2018) and such information is incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information relating to this item appears in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Beneficial 

Ownership of Common Stock” in our 2019 proxy statement, to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end 
(December 31, 2018) and such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

96 

Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information relating to this item appears in the sections entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — 

Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in our 2019 proxy statement, to be 
filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end (December 31, 2018) and such information is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

Item 14.       Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information relating to this item appears in the section entitled “Ratification of Independent Registered Public 

Accounting Firm — Fees” in our 2019 our proxy statement, to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end 
(December 31, 2018) and such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

PART IV 

Item 15.       Exhibits and Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements filed as part of this report 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

     Page 
61
62
63
64
65
66
67

2.  Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules: 

Schedules are omitted because they are not required, or because the information required is included in the 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. 

3.  Exhibits 

Number 

2.1 

Description 

Method of Filing 

  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by 
and between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and 
Grand Canyon University (formerly known as 
Gazelle University)#  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

2.2 

  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 17, 
2018, by and among Grand Canyon Education, Inc., 
GCE Cosmos Merger Sub, LLC and Orbis 
Education Services, LLC#  

  Filed herewith. 

3.1 

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

  Filed herewith. 

(as amended)  

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number 
3.2 

  Third Amended and Restated Bylaws 

Description 

4.1 

  Specimen of Stock Certificate  

10.1 

  2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended†  

10.2 

  2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended†  

10.3 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2017 

Equity Incentive Plan, as amended†  

Method of Filing 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on October 29, 2014. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on 
September 29, 2008. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 14, 2011. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on June 14, 2017. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with 
the SEC on February 21, 2018. 

10.4 

  Second Amended and Restated Executive 

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by and 
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Brian E. 
Mueller†  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

10.5 

  Second Amended and Restated Executive 

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by and 
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and W. Stan 
Meyer†  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

10.6 

  Second Amended and Restated Executive 

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by and 
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Daniel 
E. Bachus†  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

10.7 

  Second Amended and Restated Executive 

Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by and 
between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Joseph 
N. Mildenhall†  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

10.8 

  First Amended and Restated Executive Employment 
Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by and between 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Dilek Marsh†  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

10.9 

  Executive Employment Agreement, effective July 

30, 2012, by and between Grand Canyon Education, 
Inc. and Brian M. Roberts  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on May 7, 2013. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number 
10.10 

Description 

Method of Filing 

  Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, 
dated February 9, 2016, by and between Grand 
Canyon Education, Inc. and Brian M. Roberts 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with 
the SEC on February 17, 2016. 

10.11 

  Form of Director and Officer Indemnity Agreement   

10.12 

  Credit Agreement dated July 1, 2018, by and 

between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Grand 
Canyon University (formerly known as Gazelle 
University). 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to 
Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on 
September 29, 2008. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

10.13 

10.14 

  Master Services Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, by 
and between Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and 
Grand Canyon University (formerly known as 
Gazelle University).##  

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed 
with the SEC on November 8, 2018. 

  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated 
January 22, 2019, by and among Grand Canyon 
Education, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., and the 
other parties named therein. 

  Filed herewith. 

10.15 

  Amended and Restated Security and Pledge 

  Filed herewith. 

Agreement, dated January 22, 2019, by and among 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc., Bank of America, 
N.A., and the other parties named therein. 

10.16 

  First Amendment, dated January 31, 2019 to 

  Filed herewith. 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated 
January 22, 2019 by and among Grand Canyon 
Education, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., and the 
other parties named therein. 

10.17 

  First Incremental Facility Amendment, dated 

  Filed herewith. 

February 1, 2019 to Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated January 22, 2019 by and among 
Grand Canyon Education, Inc., Bank of America, 
N.A., and the other parties named therein. 

21.0 

  Subsidiaries of Grand Canyon Education, Inc.  

  Filed herewith. 

23.1 

  Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered 

  Filed herewith. 

Public Accounting Firm  

24.1 

  Power of Attorney 

  Filed herewith (on signature page) 

31.1 

  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant 

  Filed herewith. 

to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number 
31.2 

  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant 

  Filed herewith. 

Description 

Method of Filing 

to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002  

32.1 

32.2 

  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant 
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002††  

  Filed herewith. 

  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant 
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002††  

  Filed herewith. 

101.INS    XBRL Instance Document 

  Filed herewith. 

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

  Filed herewith. 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 

  Filed herewith. 

101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

  Filed herewith. 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 

  Filed herewith. 

101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase    Filed herewith. 

†     Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. 

#     Schedules and similar attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company 
will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission upon request. 

##   Portions of this exhibit, as indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment 

and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

††   This certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not 
being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any 
filings of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation 
language in such filing. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

GRAND CANYON EDUCATION, INC. 

By: /s/ Brian E. Mueller 
  Name: Brian E. Mueller 

Title: Chief Executive Officer 

  Dated: February 20, 2019 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and 
appoints Brian E. Mueller, Daniel E. Bachus, and Dan Steimel, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact 
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all 
capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits 
thereto and other documents in connection therewith the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said 
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could 
do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes, 
may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

/s/ Brian E. Mueller 
Brian E. Mueller 

/s/ Daniel E. Bachus 
Daniel E. Bachus 

/s/ Sara R. Dial 
Sara R. Dial 

/s/ David J. Johnson 
David J. Johnson 

/s/ Jack A. Henry 
Jack A. Henry 

/s/ Kevin F. Warren 
Kevin F. Warren 

Title 

Date 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

  February 20, 2019 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal   
Accounting Officer) 

  February 20, 2019 

Director 

  February 20, 2019 

Director 

  February 20, 2019 

Director 

  February 20, 2019 

Director 

  February 20, 2019 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

PRIMARY IR CONTACTDan BachusChief Financial Officer Grand Canyon Education2600 W. Camelback RoadPhoenix, AZ 85017Phone: (602) 247-4400Website: gce.comTRANSFER AGENTComputershare Investor ServicesPO Box 505000Louisville, KY 40233-5000ACCOUNTANTSKPMG LLPCOMMON STOCKThe Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol LOPE.ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERSThe Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 9 a.m., Arizona time, on Thursday, June 13, 2019 at the offices of Grand Canyon Education, Inc. located at 2600 W. Camelback Road, Phoenix, AZ 85017.BOARD OF DIRECTORSBrian MuellerChief Executive Officer and ChairmanKevin F. WarrenDirector Sara R. DialDirectorDavid J. JohnsonDirector Jack A. HenryDirectorMANAGEMENTBrian MuellerChief Executive Officer and Chairman Dr. W. Stan MeyerChief Operating OfficerJoe MildenhallChief Information Officer Dan BachusChief Financial DirectorDilek MarshChief Data OfficerGRAND CANYON EDUCATIONCORPORATE INFORMATIONDEAR STOCKHOLDERS,As we look back on 2018, it was truly a transformative year for Grand Canyon Education. GCE transitioned from being the parent company of Grand Canyon University (GCU) into an education services company that now provides expertise to 18 universities across the country – with the potential to add more higher education partners in the near future.In July, GCE completed an $870.1 million transaction that sold the real property and improvements comprising the GCU campus as well as tangible and intangible academic and related operations and assets related to New GCU, a nonprofit entity. As part of the transaction, GCE and GCU also entered into a long-term master services agreement in which GCE will provide technology and academic services, counseling services and support, marketing and communication services, financial aid processing and several other back office support services to GCU.Grand Canyon Education immediately became one of the largest education services providers in the country in terms of enrollment by virtue of having GCU as its client. It also opened the door for GCE to provide similar services to other universities. That became a reality in December when GCE agreed to acquire Orbis Education, an education services company that supports healthcare education programs for 17 regionally accredited universities across the country, for $362.5 million.GCE has also had conversations with a number of other institutions about becoming additional university partners. GCE is looking for universities that want to combine the strength of their local or regional brand with GCE’s capability to execute at high levels from an operational perspective. We’re being very strategic about those partnerships, looking for partners that are clearly differentiated based on geography, brand, programs, price point, etc.We feel good about those possibilities because of our 10-year track record of excellence in providing higher education services at Grand Canyon Education. The size and scope of services offered by GCE set it apart in the education services industry, particularly as it relates to technology, operational efficiencies, the breadth of back-office support services and the ability to provide those at a large scale. Our university partners have complete ownership of their academic programs, learning outcomes, admissions requirements and academic faculty requirements, while GCE is able to support those with its investments of more than $200 million in advanced technologies over the past 10 years.For example, GCE supported GCU in 2018 with academic program development, faculty recruitment and training, timely transcript evaluations in admissions, financial aid processing, class scheduling, student counselling services, marketing, advertising and other support services. This was done at very large scale while producing quality outcome metrics such as high graduation rates, low debt amounts and low default rates on student loans.That is also what attracted GCE to Orbis Education, which has had very strong outcomes with its partner universities, including a 90 percent graduation rate and 93 percent first-time pass rate on the NCLEX professional nursing licensure exam. We expect Orbis to expand the number of locations through its partners by adding seven new locations in 2019 while also adding GCU’s pre-licensure nursing program to a limited number of locations in certain western marketplaces. Orbis will also work with its partners to expand the number of programs it offers in the healthcare area at its existing locations. Programs such as Nurse Practitioner, Occupational Therapist and Physical Therapy will eventually be added.All of this positive momentum leaves GCE well-positioned for 2019 - and beyond - in an education marketplace that is evolving rapidly as more and more universities look to develop partnerships with organizations that have the expertise to help them achieve their goals.Brian Mueller, CEO and ChairmanGRAND CANYON EDUCATION2018ANNUAL REPORTGRAND CANYON EDUCATION | 2018 ANNUAL REPORT2600 W. CAMELBACK ROAD | PHOENIX, AZ 85017 | (833) GCE-4400 | GCE.COM